MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC
20FR12G, 1999-05-07
Previous: FIRST PREMIER FINANCIAL CORP, S-1, 1999-05-07
Next: MCDANIEL TERRY & CO, 13F-HR, 1999-05-07




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   -----------

                                    FORM 20-F

[X]  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                       or
[ ]  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934
                                       or
[ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                           Commission File No. 82-2059
                                   -----------

                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
                                 Ontario, Canada
                 (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                           150 York Street, Suite 1206
                        Toronto, Ontario M5H-3S5, Canada
                               Tel: (416) 364-6513
                               Fax: (416) 360-4034
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
                                                                            None

Securities  registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                  Common Shares
                                (Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) 
of the Act: None

    Indicate the number of outstanding  shares of each of the issuer's  classes
    of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the
    annual report.

Number of outstanding Common Shares as of January 31, 1999: 35,980,646 
Number  of  outstanding  Special,  Redeemable,  Voting  Preference  Shares as of
January 31, 1999: None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days:

                                Yes        No  X*  
                                    ---       ---

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected
to follow:

                                 Item 17   X      Item 18    
                                         ----             ----
- --------
* This is the Registrant's initial filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------


                                     Part I
                                     ------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Page
                                                                                          ----
<S>            <C>                                                                          <C>

Item 1.        Description of Business.......................................................1
Item 2.        Description of Property......................................................10
Item 3.        Legal Proceedings............................................................10
Item 4.        Control of Registrant........................................................10
Item 5.        Nature of Trading Market.....................................................11
Item 6.        Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders...........11
Item 7.        Taxation.....................................................................11
Item 8.        Selected Financial Data......................................................13
Item 9.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
               Results of Operations........................................................14
Item 9A.       Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk...................15
Item 10.       Directors and Officers of Registrant.........................................16
Item 11.       Compensation of Directors and Officers ......................................16
Item 12.       Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant...............................17
Item 13.       Interest of Management in Certain Transactions...............................17


                                     Part II
                                     -------

Item 14.       Description of Securities to be Registered...................................17


                                    Part III
                                    --------

Item 15.       Defaults Upon Senior Securities..............................................17
Item 16.       Changes in Securities and Changes in Security for Registered Securities......18


                                     Part IV
                                     -------

Item 17.       Financial Statements.........................................................18
Item 18.       Financial Statements.........................................................18
Item 19.       Financial Statements and Exhibits............................................18



Signatures..................................................................................20


</TABLE>






<PAGE>

FORWARD-LOOKING AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

        This   Registration    Statement   on   Form   20-F   contains   certain
forward-looking   statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.  These  forward-looking  statements are based on
current  expectations,  estimates  and  projections  about the  business  of the
Company and the industry in which the Company  operates,  management's  beliefs,
and  assumptions  made by  management.  Words such as "expects,"  "anticipates,"
"intends,"  "plans,"  "believes,"  "seeks" and  "estimates,"  variations on such
words and similar  expressions  are  intended to identify  such  forward-looking
statements.  These  statements  are not  guarantees  of future  performance  and
involve  certain risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  which are difficult to
predict.  The  Company's  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from those
expressed  or  forecasted  in these  forward-looking  statements  as a result of
certain factors,  including those set forth under  "Description of Business" and
elsewhere in this Registration Statement.


                                     PART I
                                     ------

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Introduction

        Micromem   Technologies   Inc.   ("Micromem"  or  the  "Company")  is  a
corporation  under the laws of the Province of Ontario,  Canada,  with principal
executive  offices at 150 York Street,  Suite 1206,  Toronto,  Ontario  M5H-2S5.
Through a wholly-owned subsidiary,  Pageant Technologies Incorporated,  Micromem
is engaged in the development and  exploitation of patented  technology known as
MAGRAM(TM) which relates to high  performance  memory and memory intensive logic
products  having the  characteristics  of  nonvolatility  and random  read/write
capability.  Formerly known as AvantiCorp  International  Inc., Micromem changed
its name on January 14, 1999.

        The  Company's  financial  statements  appearing  in  this  Registration
Statement  are  expressed  in Canadian  Dollars  ("CDN$").  References  to other
currencies are identified as necessary.  Translations  into US$ from CDN$ are at
the historical rates identified in Item 8 below.

General History and Development of Micromem Technologies Inc.:

        The Company was incorporated  under the laws of the Province of Ontario,
Canada,  on October 21, 1985 as Mine Lake Minerals Inc. It subsequently  changed
its  name  to  Avanti   Capital  Corp.  on  June  23,  1988  and  to  AvantiCorp
International Inc. on April 30, 1992 before becoming Micromem  Technologies Inc.
on January 14, 1999 in connection with its acquisition of Pageant.

        The Company was formed to engage in the business of both mineral and oil
and gas exploration  and  development in Canada and the United States.  By 1992,
the  Company's  primary  mining  interests  were held  through its  ownership of
605,000  common  shares,  representing  approximately  6.5,  of Ontex  Resources
Limited ("Ontex"),  a mineral exploration company whose shares are listed on the
Alberta Stock Exchange.  The Company's holdings in Ontex were reduced to 600,000
shares in 1994 and 325,000 shares in November 1998,  when it sold 275,000 shares
for CDN $232,150.  In January 1999, the remaining  325,000 shares of Ontex owned
by the Company  were sold.  Sam Fuda,  Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Company,  served as President and Chief Executive  Officer of Ontex from 1986 to
December 1998, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Ontex since that date.
Ross McGroarty,  Executive Vice President and Secretary,  and a Director, of the
Company, has been a director of Ontex since 1988.






<PAGE>

        By 1992, the Company's oil and gas interests centered on the development
of the Valentine oil and gas field located in Lafourche  Parish,  Louisiana,  in
which it had a 6.25% interest. In 1994 the Company increased its interest in the
Valentine  field to 9.75%,  then sold its entire interest in 1995 to the field's
operator,  Alliance  Resources  PLC  ("Alliance"),  an oil and  gas  exploration
company  whose shares are listed on the London Stock  Exchange,  in exchange for
18,000,000 Alliance common shares and US$150,000.  In fiscal year 1997 a one for
40 reverse split of the Alliance  common  shares  resulted in a reduction of the
number of common  shares  being held by the Company  from  18,000,000  shares to
450,000  shares which,  at March 31, 1999,  had a carrying value of CDN $202,000
and a quoted market value of CDN $202,500.

        The Company also owned  interests in six Crown granted  mining claims in
British  Columbia and 30 unpatented  mining claims in Ontario.  These interests,
which had an aggregate  carrying value of CDN $190,220 at the end of fiscal year
1992,  were written down to nominal value by the Company in fiscal year 1996 and
written off in fiscal year 1997 when all remaining unpatented claims lapsed. The
Company  has  received no income  from  operations  during any of its past three
fiscal years.

        On January 11, 1999,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of 100% of
the capital stock of Pageant Technologies  Incorporated,  a company incorporated
under  the laws of the  Turks & Caicos  Islands  ("Pageant  International"),  in
exchange  for  32,000,000  Common  Shares and  warrants  for the  purchase of an
additional  1,000,000 Common Shares. The primary asset of Pageant  International
and its wholly-owned US subsidiary Pageant Technologies  (U.S.A.) Inc. ("Pageant
USA",  and together  with Pageant  International  "Pageant") is an undivided 50%
interest in a patent,  registered in the United States with corresponding patent
applications  in  Europe  and  Japan,  for  nonvolatile   random  access  memory
technology called MAGRAM(TM) (the "MAGRAM(TM)  Technology").  The balance of the
50% interest is owned by Estancia Limited, a company incorporated under the laws
of the  Turks & Caicos  Islands,  which has  granted  Pageant  International  an
exclusive worldwide license (the "MAGRAM(TM)  License") to develop,  manufacture
and sell the MAGRAM(TM) Technology. The MAGRAM(TM) License provides that Pageant
International  will pay to  Estancia  Limited or its nominee a royalty of 40% of
the gross  profits less certain  agreed  expenses for revenue  received from the
MAGRAM(TM) technology. Following the granting of the MAGRAM(TM) License, Pageant
USA  entered  into a  Research  Agreement  with the  University  of Utah for the
purpose  of  completing   research  and  producing  a  working  prototype.   The
researchers  at the  University of Utah have now completed  their  research with
respect to individual MAGRAM(TM) memory cells and are in the process of building
8-bit  technology  evaluation  samples  to be  used  by  prospective  licensees.
According to the University of Utah researchers,  completion of those samples is
expected by May 1999.


The MAGRAM(TM) Technology

        Background

        MAGRAM(TM),  which  stands for  "magnetic  random  access  memory," is a
ferromagnetic  based  technology  designed to provide digital memory that can be
both read and written  randomly and will not lose its information when its power
is cut off. These characteristics can be better understood by describing them in
the  context of the three  basic  types of memory  devices  used by present  day
computers,  Random Access Memory  (RAM),  Read Only Memory (ROM),  and secondary
storage devices such as floppy and hard disks. The three types of memory devices
are described below.

        Random  Access  Memory (RAM) is memory that can be both read and written
randomly; that is, has storage locations that can be accessed in any order. This
means  that a  computer  using  RAM can find  and go  directly  to the  selected
location   rather  than   performing  a  sequential   search.   RAM  is  usually
semi-conductor  based and, because it is either in, or closely  associated with,
the computer's central processing unit (CPU or processor),  the computational or
control  unit  of  the  computer  responsible  for  interpreting  and  executing
instructions,  it is  considered  a  computer's  main or  primary  memory.  RAM,
however, is also generally volatile,




                                        2

<PAGE>

which  means  that all  stored  information  vanishes  once the power  supply is
removed. As a consequence, all of the information must be restored each time the
power is resumed.

        Two typical  examples of RAM are Dynamic Random Access Memory and Static
Random Access Memory.  Dynamic  Random Access Memory  (Dynamic RAM or DRAM) uses
integrated  circuits  containing  capacitors,  resulting in significant  storage
capacity and speed. DRAM can be written and read in the speed range of less than
100 nanoseconds. In addition to being volatile, however, DRAM has a second major
drawback, which is that its capacitors lose their charge over time and therefore
information  contained in DRAM must be continually  refreshed.  Basically,  this
means that on average DRAM must stop  operations  every 16-30  milliseconds  and
restore  all of the data it  contains,  failing  which the data will  disappear.
During this refresh time, the processor has no access to the  information  being
refreshed.

        Static Random  Access  Memory  (Static Ram or SRAM) differs from DRAM in
that it stores information in a logic circuit referred to as a flip-flop, rather
than in a capacitor.  SRAM memory does not need to be refreshed  while the power
is on, but -- like DRAM memory -- loses its information once the power is turned
off. SRAM memory is less commonly used than DRAM memory because it has roughly a
quarter of the density of DRAM memory and has more complex  circuitry,  although
SRAM  is  becoming  more  commonly  used  as  cache  memory,  which  is  used in
association with CPUs.

        Read Only  Memory  (ROM),  like RAM can be read  randomly.  Unlike  RAM,
however,  it is non-volatile and does not lose its information when a computer's
power is cut off. ROM is typically  employed to store vital program  information
required during the first moments after a computer is powered on. It may be used
for such  purposes as forcing  system test routines to be conducted or preparing
the processor for work by pointing to  input/output  devices  needed for further
instructions or for controlling access to certain computer devices or subsystems
such as hard drives. ROM, however, has one major drawback, which is that in most
cases,  once in place, it cannot be rewritten and even when it can, it cannot be
rewritten quickly and efficiently.

        Speed and random  accessibility of memory data are key to successful and
efficient computer  operation.  However,  although DRAM and ROM are both digital
memories,  each having benefits and drawbacks,  it has been difficult to reach a
middle  ground and maximize  the  potential of a synthesis of the two. The basic
objective of  MAGRAM(TM) is to utilize  ferromagnetic  technology to combine the
best,   seemingly   mutually   exclusive   features  of  both  these   memories:
nonvolatility, speed, random read and no refresh requirement in the case of ROM,
and random read/write and high density in the case of DRAM.

        Disks, both floppy and hard, are secondary storage devices. Floppy Disks
are light and  portable,  and are written and read by a motor driven  mechanical
drive.  They  normally  have a storage  capacity in the kilobyte to low megabyte
range.  The hard drive in which Hard Disks are located has become the  workhorse
of mass and archival  storage.  Hard disks  traditionally  store vast amounts of
programs and raw and processed data which can be written and read  indirectly by
the processor, far exceeding floppy disks in storage capacity. Both Floppy Disks
and Hard Disks are  non-volatile  and can be both  written  and read,  but being
serial (as opposed to parallel) devices, they are considerably slower than RAM.

        The MAGRAM(TM) Technology

        The  MAGRAM(TM)  technology  is  based on the  same  physical  principle
employed by magnetic disks,  diskettes,  and audio, video and digital tapes, and
is similar to the old "core" memories used in early main frame computers.  Those
devices  all rely on  ferromagnets  to store  data and,  as a  consequence,  are
intrinsically  reliable  because once a ferromagnet  has  experienced a polarity
reversal,  only a force  equal and  opposite to that which set ii to its present
state will change its magnetic moment or polarity. In addition,  the strength of
ferromagnets  is  not  weakened  by  repeated  polarity   reversals  over  time.
MAGRAM(TM)  substitutes  individual  ferromagnetic  elements  in  place  of  the
capacitor/transistor  (DRAM) or flip-flop  (SRAM)  designs now most widely used.
The




                                        3

<PAGE>

main     advantages    of    the     ferromagnetic     technology    over    the
capacitor/transistor-based (DRAM/SRAM) technologies is expected to be that:

        a)     the stored information will be non-volatile,  i.e., data will not
               be lost when power is removed;
        b)     the need for memory refresh cycles would be eliminated;
        c)     the need for other types of memory,  such as DRAM, cache and ROM,
               may be  reduced  or  eliminated;  
        d)     heat production should be reduced; and
        e)     the need for  constant  save  routines  and even  uninterruptible
               power supply devices should be reduced or eliminated.

        In a computer  system  designed  around a device  using such  technology
ideally  only one type of memory  would be needed,  replacing  ROM, RAM and even
hard  drives.  A  system  centered  around  this  memory   technology  would  be
considerably  faster,  would rely on less software  "overhead,"  and  ultimately
would be safer for data. Sequences used to start up a computer when its power is
turned  on,  now stored in ROM,  could be stored in  protected  areas of RAM and
therefore  could be easily  modified.  Sequences  triggered  when a computer  is
turned off, whether  intentionally or otherwise,  could be reduced or eliminated
in that current register contents could be saved to RAM. Moreover, the operating
system  itself could be resident in RAM,  rather than having to be reloaded from
the hard drive  each time power is  restored.  Thus,  MAGRAM(TM)  could take the
place of all standard digital memory devices in a typical computer.  The need to
allocate  archival memory devices or mass memory for operating systems and other
programs would  disappear,  since they could be accessed and run directly from a
single memory system.

        Chips incorporating this memory storage technology are anticipated to be
as fast as or faster than current DRAM or SRAM  technology,  so that  ultra-high
clock rates will not present a problem.  Furthermore,  the MAGRAM(TM) technology
is expected to use less power in computer  systems and therefor  should  produce
less heat than conventional  memory, both due to its lower power requirement and
to the elimination of unnecessary refresh cycles.

        The MAGRAM(TM) technology is expected to be compatible with the existing
equipment that reads and writes digital  information  into one-bit memory sites.
In  addition,  it is  expected  that  MAGRAM(TM)  technology  will be able to be
incorporated  into a memory chip with minimum  impact on the current memory chip
fabrication  process,  and could replace the current method of imbedding one-bit
memory  sites  into a  memory  array.  This  would  be of  great  importance  to
manufacturers since only a few, simple,  additional steps would need to be added
to the chip  manufacturing  process  in order to apply  this  technology  to the
production of memory devices, although it is expected that the overall number of
steps would be reduced.

        In summary,  the key  characteristics  to consider in understanding  the
potential significance of the MAGRAM(TM) memory technology are the following:

         NON-VOLATILITY  -  Volatility  in an  electronic  digital  memory
               device refers to its  inability to retain stored data  subsequent
               to the removal of  electrical  power.  The  principal  feature of
               MAGRAM(TM)  is its  ability  to retain  such data  after  loss of
               electrical power, and to do so indefinitely. This is particularly
               important  when  considered  in the  context  of  random,  versus
               serial, access.

         NO REFRESH  REQUIRED - Refresh is the  process of first  reading,
               then re-writing, or restoring, data previously stored in a memory
               cell. It requires not only electrical energy, but computer cycles
               to perform.  During  refresh,  the areas of memory  storage being
               refreshed  are  inaccessible  to  the  CPU.  Refresh  is  costly,
               therefore,  in terms  of both  time and  energy,  and its  effect
               becomes  increasingly   significant  over  time,   especially  as
               computer clock and CPU speeds become faster.




                                        4

<PAGE>

               With  MAGRAM(TM),  once data is written or set into a cell, there
               is no need for  refresh  since the data will not vary until it is
               forcibly changed during a subsequent write cycle.

         PASSIVE  READ  CAPABILITY  - This  feature  means that the memory
               cells can be read any number of times  using  only a single  read
               cycle for each read  event,  and that no write or restore  cycles
               are required. This capability should be contrasted to the process
               used in some ferromagnetic  memory  technologies,  such as "core"
               memories, which, though non-volatile and technically requiring no
               refresh,  must be "flipped" or reversed in order to be read. This
               process requires several operations,  including write cycles, and
               effectively could be considered similar to refresh.

         SPEED - Computer  clocks (or timers) and CPU's work in concert at
               high speed.  These  speeds are  measured in MHz and in parts of a
               second,  such as nanoseconds.  Since the CPU receives  programmed
               instructions  from RAM, the RAM,  being the  immediate  source of
               such data,  must operate at the same  speeds.  One of the salient
               features of DRAM, leading to its heralded use in the industry, is
               its  ability  to  deliver  instructions  and  store  data at such
               speeds.  MAGRAM(TM)  also is  expected  to  operate at these high
               rates of speed.

         HIGH DENSITY - Density in integrated  circuit  devices  refers to
               the amount of  electronics  that are packed into a square unit of
               measure.  The base unit is the micron, which is one one-millionth
               of a meter,  or  0.0000039  inches.  Typically,  the  greater the
               density of the  packaging,  the  greater  the  efficiency  of the
               device.   MAGRAM(TM)  cells  will  be  small  enough  to  compete
               favorably against other memory devices, whether random or serial.

         LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - All electronic  devices consume power and
               radiate  heat.  The degree to which they do depends  directly  on
               their   efficiency.   Memory  devices  based  on  the  MAGRAM(TM)
               technology are expected to be energy conservative. This is due to
               the fact that "write" and "read"  current  will be required  only
               during the short  periods  of time when data is being  changed or
               retrieved.  Since MAGRAM(TM) is truly non-volatile,  there are no
               laborious  energy  consuming  refresh cycles and the power source
               can  be  completely   removed  from  MAGRAM(TM)  devices  between
               sessions without a loss of data. DRAM, by contrast, must be fully
               powered  at all  times  when  reliance  on  the  stored  data  is
               required.

         RADIATION HARD - Different types of radiation can damage or alter
               the function of integrated circuit devices.  Although appropriate
               testing for radiation  hardness  (resistance  to  alteration  and
               damage)  has not been  conducted  on  MAGRAM(TM)  devices,  it is
               expected that they will fare well in this category.

         ENVIRONMENTAL   TOLERANCE  -  Integrated   circuit  devices  have
               definite   temperature,   humidity,   atmospheric   pressure  and
               vibration  tolerance limits.  Since MAGRAM(TM) memories are to be
               built within industry standards of encapsulated devices, they are
               expected to be similarly tolerant.

         INDEFINITE  DATA  RETENTION - Other than  purposefully  forcing a
               ferromagnet to reverse polarity,  there is no known reason why it
               will not retain that polarity  indefinitely.  MAGRAM(TM) memories
               will be capable of this  feature  without  the use of  continuous
               electrical power.

         NO HALF LIFE PROBLEM - MAGRAM(TM)  has no half-life per se. Since
               ferromagnets  are not  known to decay or lose  their  ability  to
               reverse and maintain polarity over time and use, the life span of
               MAGRAM(TM)  should be as long as that of the basic device itself.
               Half-life  is a condition  that plagues  ferroelectric  and other
               non-volatile  memories  such as  flash.  Ferroelectric  memory is
               based on the shift of an atom  within a  crystal,  the  result of
               which is a reversal of electrical




                                        5

<PAGE>

               potential on the crystal surface, which in turn, is used to store
               digital data. These crystals, however, eventually break down over
               time and with use, so that the memory cell loses its  usefulness.
               Because of this inherent weakness, ferroelectric memories are not
               reliable for constant write/read environments.

         CONCURRENT  READ/WRITE  FEASIBILITY - Since  MAGRAM(TM)  memories
               require no refresh and thus no  corresponding  constant  "address
               sweep" across the memory field, it should be feasible to design a
               memory  such  that one  byte  (group  of  cells)  may be  written
               simultaneously  with a read  operation  on the same  die  (memory
               area) so long as those two addresses are not the same.

         NON-EXOTIC  TECHNOLOGY -  MAGRAM(TM)  memories are expected to be
               composed of inexpensive, easily obtainable materials.

        Several  development  steps  need to be  completed  in order to make the
technology ready for delivery to the market. These include resolving such issues
as determining the effect of differing materials,  feature dimensions,  voltages
and current levels on the performance of a device  incorporating the technology.
When those issues are resolved,  a final  prototype will be produced.  Since the
timing and number of memory access  cycles will be different for memory  devices
based on this  technology,  as  compared  to the  technology  currently  in use,
marketing  also will  depend  on the  extent to which  control  circuitry  which
manages the reads and writes to memory devices is redesigned.  Finally,  since a
final 8-bit evaluation sample has not yet been produced,  the production process
cannot  be  documented,  so  there  is no data  as to the  yields  which  can be
expected,  although  yields are  expected to be well within the normal range for
conventional memory chip manufacturing.

        Patents

        A U.S.  patent for the  MAGRAM(TM)  Technology  (U.S.  Patent  5,295,097
entitled  Nonvolatile  Random Access Memory, the "Patent") was issued to Richard
M. Lienau on March 15,  1994.  Mr.  Lienau has also filed  corresponding  patent
applications for Europe  (application no. 93918644.1) and Japan (application no.
505547/199)  (the  "Patent  Applications").  On November 18,  1997,  Mr.  Lienau
assigned  his  entire  right,  title  and  interest  in the  Patent  and  Patent
Applications  to Estancia  Limited and on November  19, 1997,  Estancia  Limited
assigned  a  nontransferable  undivided  50%  interest  in the Patent and Patent
Applications to Pageant  International  through Pageant  International's  parent
company Ataraxia Corp.

        In  addition  to an  undivided  50%  interest  in the  Patent and Patent
Applications,  Pageant  International  has been granted an  exclusive  worldwide
license  to develop  the  MAGRAM(TM)  technology  and  manufacture  and sell the
related  products.  The  License  was  granted  by  Estancia  Limited to Pageant
International's  parent company  Ataraxia Corp.  pursuant to an agreement  dated
September 17, 1997 among Ataraxia Corp.,  Estancia Limited and Richard M. Lienau
(the  "License   Agreement"),   which   Ataraxia   Corp.   assigned  to  Pageant
International  on October 22, 1997.  The License  Agreement  also  provides that
Estancia Limited and Richard Lienau will grant to Pageant  International a right
of first refusal to acquire rights in respect of any patent  improvements or new
technology or application  developed or under the control of Estancia Limited or
Richard  Lienau  relating to any invention,  technology,  application or product
which  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as  similar  to or  competitive  with  the
MAGRAM(TM) technology.  The License Agreement requires Pageant International pay
to Estancia  Limited or its nominee a royalty of 40% of the gross  profits  less
expenses agreed by the parties for each technology  license sold.  Additionally,
Pageant  International  will pay  Estancia  Limited 40% of any per unit  royalty
received  by Pageant  less  properly  documented  reasonable  expenses  directly
related  to the  obtaining  of said  royalties  and as agreed by the  parties in
writing.  Pageant  International will also pay Estancia Limited 40% of any other
revenues  (less those expenses  agreed by the parties) of Pageant  International
related to the grant of rights or use of the  MAGRAM(TM)  technology by Estancia
Limited, exclusive of participation of Estancia Limited in the contract.





                                        6

<PAGE>

        The License  Agreement  requires  Pageant  International  to provide the
funding  necessary to support the work being done by the University of Utah (see
"Plan of Operation -- Research and  Development")  to develop a prototype and to
test, manufacture, document or otherwise take the technology to the marketplace.
Pageant  International  also is to be responsible  for all marketing,  sales and
licensing of the technology.  In the event of default by Pageant  International,
all  right,  title and  interest  in the  technology  and  related  intellectual
property rights transferred to Pageant International under the License Agreement
shall revert back to Estancia Limited.

PLAN OF OPERATION

        Following  is the plan of operation  for the Company  through the end of
the second quarter of fiscal year 2000:

        Research and Development

         Pageant USA entered into a Research  Agreement dated as of November 24,
1997 with the University of Utah (the "Research  Agreement")  providing for work
to  be  performed  by  University   faculty,   staff  and  students  within  the
University's Department of Electrical Engineering for the purpose of producing a
working  prototype  of  a  micron  scale,   integrated   circuit   ferromagnetic
nonvolatile  random access memory.  The Research Agreement broke down the actual
research and development work into two phases. The first phase was to consist of
a series of tests and actions with respect to the development of a single micron
scale memory cell, from the research of appropriate  ferromagnetic materials for
use in such a cell to the testing of such a cell for various  capabilities under
a variety of conditions  appropriate for such a device.  The second phase was to
consist of the  construction,  testing and  packaging  as  finished  products of
groupings of bytes of such cells from an 8-bit (one byte)  grouping to groupings
to the order of 32 to 64 bytes.  The first phase testing has been  completed and
the University is currently  building 8-bit  technology  evaluation  samples for
testing by prospective licensees.

        The  University  is being paid a total of US $282,549 for its work under
the  Research  Agreement,  which  terminates  December  31,  1999.  The Research
Agreement  also provides  that the  University  would own all rights,  title and
interest in all inventions and improvements  conceived or reduced to practice by
the University or University personnel, and may at its election file all related
patent applications,  but that the University must grant to Pageant USA, on such
terms and conditions as the  University may specify,  an option for an exclusive
license on any such inventions, improvements, applications or patents.

        Production

        Pageant USA intends to participate in the lease of a specially  designed
research and manufacturing  facility  currently being built at the University of
Utah's  Research  Park in Salt Lake City.  The facility  will have a class 1,000
clean room and the Company  plans to bring to the facility  approximately  US $3
million in equipment. The facility is expected to be completed in July 1999, and
will be used by the Company for  research and  development,  and for the limited
production  of  memory  modules.  The  primary  objective  of the  research  and
development to be conducted at the new facilities will be to enhance and provide
specialized  support for the product  lines of the Company's  licensees,  and to
help meet the particular  needs and  performance  objectives of those  licensees
such as, for example, increased speed, small size, greater density or the use of
specialized materials. By the end of May 2000 it is estimated that approximately
25 people  will be  employed  by the  Company as  compared to three at April 30,
1999.

        Notwithstanding  the facility in Salt Lake City,  Pageant  fully expects
that it will be primarily  dependent on  licensees,  contract  manufacturers  or
commercial  partners  to  manufacture  its  proposed  products.   Although  this
dependence on third parties for  manufacturing  may adversely  affect  operating
results as well as Pageant's ability to develop and deliver products on a timely
and competitive basis,  Pageant believes that there is ample capacity within the
computer  industry to accommodate  Pageant's needs for the  foreseeable  future.
Pageant further




                                        7

<PAGE>

believes that the competitiveness among contract  manufacturers will ensure that
adequate and reliable  supplies of materials can be sourced in a cost  effective
manner for the foreseeable future.

        Market Opportunities

        The MAGRAM(TM) technology potentially applies to many different markets.
Products using the technology can be implemented as a subcomponent,  a component
or a stand  alone  system.  The  technology  has a  varied  number  and  type of
applications  because of such  special  attributes  as high level of speed,  low
power  consumption,  elimination  of refresh  cycles,  and  retention  of memory
without power.

        There  are a  number  of  industries  that  could  be  expected  to make
immediate  use of MAGRAM(TM)  Technology.  Virtually  every cell phone  contains
flash memory  integrated  circuits,  and cell phone  manufacturers are forced to
continually  strive  for the  longest  life per  battery  charge in an effort to
satisfy consumer needs and remain competitive.  The MAGRAM(TM)  Technology would
be a great asset to these  manufacturers  since it would consume less power than
flash  memory  circuits  and does not have write cycle  limitations.  Similarly,
small handheld  devices such as two way pagers,  palm PC's and organizers do not
have  disk  memory  to  store  information.  Due to this  limitation,  they  are
typically  forced to use flash memory in an effort to conserve  power. As in the
case of cellular phones, MAGRAM(TM) would provide a meaningful alternative. Many
devices use custom ASIC's (application  specific integrated circuits) to replace
a group of  components in an effort to reduce the size,  weight,  cost and power
consumption  of a circuit.  The auto industry,  for example,  is a major user of
ASIC  technology.  Although  there  are many  advantages  to  ASIC's,  one major
disadvantage is that they typically require long development  cycles.  Moreover,
if the ASIC has a design flaw that requires correction, the modification process
could extend the design cycle by an additional 2-6 months.  Incorporation of the
MAGRAM(TM)  technology  into ASIC  designs  would  allow for  changes to be made
without  redesigning  the ASIC and restarting the cycle,  thus saving  designers
critical time. A great many household appliances contain small memory devices to
store time or simple instructions. The MAGRAM(TM) technology provides a low cost
method of providing  nonvolatile  memory to store user  preferences  for devices
like clocks so they need not be reprogrammed after the power has been removed or
turned  off.  Examples  of  appliances  that  could make  immediate  use of this
technology are VCR's, digital clocks, answering machines and microwaves.

        These are just  examples of  immediate  applications  of the  MAGRAM(TM)
technology in the marketplace. The list is not exhaustive and basically anything
electrical that has a memory could benefit from MAGRAM(TM).  Other possible uses
would  certainly  be in hard drive  replacements,  RAM type  floppies,  personal
pocket  memories,  and  various  devices  employed  in the  military  and  space
programs.

        The computer industry  presents a particularly  important market for the
MAGRAM(TM)  technology for a number of reasons.  The industry is  experiencing a
growing  need to develop  memory  that is fast enough to keep pace with high CPU
clock  speeds.  The current hard disk is too slow and prone to wear and frequent
failure.  MAGRAM(TM)  will be  marketed as a viable  solution to these  industry
problems. Both the new market and the upgrade market will be targeted.

        The market for memory chips is extremely large.  The business  appraisal
firm Business Equity Appraisal Reports,  Inc. ("BEAR"),  in a report dated as of
July 6, 1998 (the "BEAR  Report"),  stated that,  in a reference to ". . . chips
manufactured and distributed to OEMs and other volume channels,  various sources
estimate the total market which is potentially relevant to this technology to be
on the order of $40-50 billion and growing at 30% per year." Management believes
that successful  incorporation of the MAGRAM(TM)  technology would be of immense
value to any of the large chip makers.





                                        8

<PAGE>

        Marketing Strategy

        The Company will aggressively  pursue the establishment of a partnership
between Pageant and one or more major memory  manufacturers once an 8-bit sample
is available for  evaluation  purposes.  Management  believes that combining the
MAGRAM(TM)  Technology  with the  strength  of such  strategic  partners  in the
marketplace  will  facilitate  and  allow  Pageant  to obtain  highly  favorable
licensing  agreements  with other major companies  worldwide.  At the same time,
Management  intends to continue to work with the  University  of Utah to further
improve the density,  speed, bit size and manufacturing  process.  An additional
significant  increase in Pageant's  ability to obtain  licensing  agreements  is
expected to be attained when products, based on the technology, begin to realize
success in the marketplace.

        The BEAR Report stressed the importance of finding a strategic  partner,
noting  that until such a partner had been  located,  "some  caution  concerning
[MAGRAM's(TM)]  present market value is necessary."  Having said that,  however,
the BEAR Report  proceeded to state that  "[n]evertheless,  it is  impossible to
ignore  the  extraordinary  potential  market  for  this  technology  . . ." and
concluded that,  based on the assumptions  and  qualifications  set forth in the
report, ". . . it is our opinion that the market value of the technology, in its
current state of  development,  is  approximately  $30 million." As  development
progresses,  management  of  Pageant  believes  that  the  market  value  of the
technology  will  increase.  However,  since the  technical  risk  appears to be
relatively  low,  the increase in value with  completion  of a prototype is also
likely to be low.  Management  believes that the next  significant  increases in
market value will come when a partnership  with a major memory  manufacturer  is
established  and when  products  based on the  technology  begin to realize some
significant success in the marketplace.

Competition

        Technological  competition in the memory technology  industry is intense
and is characterized by rapidly changing technology,  short product life cycles,
cyclical   oversupply  and  rapid  price  erosion.   Pageant's  success  depends
significantly upon its ability to obtain and maintain a competitive  position in
the  development  or  acquisition  of  products  and  technology  in its area of
concentration.  Rapid  technological  development by others may result in actual
and proposed  products or  technology  becoming  obsolete in a relatively  short
period of time. Some of Pageant's  competitors will have  substantially  greater
financial and technical resources, manufacturing and marketing capabilities than
Pageant. In addition, some of Pageant's potential competitors have significantly
greater  experience in  undertaking  beta testing and cookbook  trials of new or
improved  hardware  computer  products.  Such  competitors may have,  unknown to
Pageant, products which are technologically superior to those of Pageant.

        Most of the established technologies with which MAGRAM(TM) will compete,
while well  established  in the  marketplace,  lack one or more of  MAGRAM's(TM)
special  characteristics.  EPROMs (erasable  programmable  read-only memory) and
EEPROMs  (electrically  erasable  read-only memory) can be erased and rewritten,
but must be written  "en  masse,"  rather  than at the  individual  word  level.
"Flash"  memory is a form of EEPROM that is widely used today in such devices as
cell phones, modems and PDAs. The drawbacks to Flash memory are that write times
are  slower,  the number of  read/write  cycles are  limited  and it can be more
difficult and expensive to manufacture.  Another  competitive product is DRAM or
SRAM  backed by a lithium  battery  with  enough low level  voltage  and support
circuitry to perform the necessary  refresh cycles.  The retention time for such
memory  could be long,  depending  on the life of the  battery,  but the cost is
high.

        The  Company  is  aware of no  commercially  competitive  products  that
provide  both true  nonvolatile  memory and random  writes.  The only product of
which the company has knowledge which comes close to those  objectives is a FRAM
device produced by Ramtron International Corporation.  MAGRAM(TM) is also a FRAM
device, but while both devices are "Random Access Memory," the Ramtron device is
ferroelectric  rather  than  ferromagnetic.  This means  that its  nonvolatility
results from the movement of an electric charge trapped in a




                                        9

<PAGE>

crystal matrix rather than from the polarity reversals of ferromagnets. Although
ferroelectric  memory devices are  non-volatile,  they tend to degrade over time
because each time the electric charge,  or polarity,  of a ferroelectric  memory
cell is switched, some of the crystals break down and become useless. After many
uses the cell  then  becomes  unable  to  maintain  or  "remember"  enough of an
electric charge to be useful. As a consequence, ferroelectric devices tend to be
used in data  processing  circuits  that require their use only on an occasional
basis  as,  for  example,  in  situations  where  data  needs to be stored in an
emergency.

        The  ability  of Pageant to  compete  successfully  depends on  elements
outside  of its  control,  including  the  rate at which  customers  incorporate
Pageant's products into their systems,  the success of such customers in selling
those systems,  Pageant's protection of its intellectual  property,  the number,
nature and success of competitors and their product  introductions,  and general
market and economic conditions. In addition,  Pageant's success will depend in a
large part on its ability to develop,  introduce, and license in a timely manner
products that compete  effectively on the basis of product  features  (including
speed, density, die size, and packaging), availability, quality, reliability and
price,  together with other factors  including  the  availability  of sufficient
manufacturing  capacity  and the  adequacy  of  production  yields.  There is no
assurance that Pageant will be able to compete successfully in the future.


ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

        The  Company  maintains  corporate  headquarters  in  Toronto,  Ontario,
Canada.  The space,  consisting  of 500 square feet,  is part of a larger office
space  leased by Ontex  Resources  Limited  ("Ontex")  pursuant  to a lease that
expires  January 30, 2002. The Company  reimburses  Ontex at cost for its space.
There is no written sublease between Ontex and the Company.  Sam Fuda,  Chairman
of the Board of Directors of the Company,  is Chairman of the Board of Directors
of Ontex and Ross McGroarty,  Executive Vice President, Secretary and a Director
of the Company,  is a Director of Ontex. The chief executive  offices of Pageant
USA are located in Santa Fe, New Mexico. The space consists of 1,852 square feet
and is leased.  The lease expires December 31, 2000.  Pageant USA is planning to
lease shared space in a 14,000 square foot research and  manufacturing  facility
currently  under  construction at the University of Utah's Research Park in Salt
Lake City. The facility is expected to be ready in July 1999.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        There are no legal  proceedings  involving  the  Company  as of the date
hereof, nor are any such proceedings known to be contemplated.


ITEM 4. CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

        The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  April  22,  1999,   certain
information with respect to (i) each person known by the Company to be the owner
of more than 10% of the  Company's  Common  Shares,  and (ii) the  officers  and
directors of the Company as a group:





                                       10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Title of Class           Identity of Person or Group    Amount Owned        Percent of Class

<S>                      <C>                           <C>                  <C>

Common Shares            Ataraxia Corp.                 3,900,000            11.0%
                         P. O. Box 267
                         B.C.M. Cape Building
                         Leeward Highway
                         Turks & Caicos

Common Shares            All officers and directors       153,667            [less than 1%]
                         as a group

</TABLE>


ITEM 5. NATURE OF TRADING MARKET

        Trading in the Common Shares is quoted on the NASD's OTC Bulletin Board.
The table  below sets forth the high and low sales  prices for Common  Shares in
U.S.  Dollars as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board for each full fiscal quarter
of the Company  since  trading  began in April 1998.  The Common  Shares are not
traded in Canada.


                                                     U.S. Dollars:

                                              High                   Low

Quarter ended April 30, 1998                 0.7500                 0.6520

Quarter ended July 31, 1998                  0.5625                 0.5000

Quarter ended October 31, 1998               3.2500                 1.4375

Quarter ended January 31, 1999               5.1250                 2.9375

Quarter ended April 30, 1999                 8.2500                 3.3000


        At April 22, 1999  approximately  14% of the  outstanding  Common Shares
were held by registered  shareholders  with addresses in the United States.  The
total number of registered holders with US addresses at such date was 37.


ITEM 6. EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY
        HOLDERS

        As of the date of this Registration Statement, there are no governmental
laws,  decrees or  regulations  in Canada that  restrict the export or import of
capital,  including,  but not limited to,  foreign  exchange  controls,  or that
affect the remittance of dividends or other  payments to nonresident  holders of
Common Shares.


ITEM 7. TAXATION

        The  following  is a summary  of  certain  Canadian  federal  income tax
provisions  applicable to United  States  corporations,  citizens,  and resident
alien  individuals  purchasing,  holding and  disposing  of Common  Shares.  The
discussion  is a  general  summary  only and does not  purport  to deal with all
aspects of Canadian  federal  taxation  that may be  relevant  to  shareholders,
including  those  subject  to  special  treatment  under  the  income  tax laws.
Shareholders  are  advised  to  consult  their own tax  advisers  regarding  the
Canadian federal income tax




                                       11

<PAGE>

consequences of holding and disposing of the Company's Common Shares, as well as
any consequences arising under U.S. federal, state or local tax laws or tax laws
of other  jurisdictions  outside the United States.  The summary is based on the
assumption  that, for Canadian tax purposes,  the purchasers or shareholders (i)
deal at arm's-length with the Company,  (ii) are not residents of Canada,  (iii)
hold the Common Shares as capital  property,  and (iv) do not use or hold Common
Shares in, or in the course of, carrying on business in Canada (a  "Non-Resident
Holder").

Dividends paid or credited on the Common Shares to a non-resident holder will be
subject to a non-resident  withholding  tax under the Income Tax Act (Canada) at
the rate of 25%,  although such rate may be reduced  under the  provisions of an
applicable income tax treaty.  For this purpose,  dividends will include amounts
paid by the Company in excess of the paid-up  capital of the Common  Shares on a
redemption or a purchase for  cancellation  of such shares by the Company (other
than purchases on the open market).  Under the  Canada-United  States Income Tax
Convention,  1980 (the "Tax  Treaty") the rate is  generally  reduced to 15% for
dividends  paid  to a  person  who  is a  US  resident.  Dividends  paid  to  US
corporations  owning at least 10% of the voting stock of the Company are subject
to a withholding  tax rate of 5% under the Tax Treaty as amended by the Protocol
signed on March 17,  1995.  Other  applicable  tax  treaties  may reduce the 25%
Canadian tax rate for other Non-Resident Holders.

A Non-Resident  Holder generally will not be subject to tax in Canada on capital
gains  realized  from  disposition  of Common  Shares,  unless  such  shares are
"taxable  Canadian  property" within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada).
Generally,  the Common Shares would not be taxable Canadian  property unless the
Non-Resident Holder,  together with related parties, at any time during the five
years prior to the  disposition  of the Common Shares owned not less than 25% of
the issued  shares of any class of the capital  stock of the Company.  Under the
Treaty,  a resident  of the United  States  will not be subject to tax under the
Income  Tax Act  (Canada)  in respect  of gains  realized  on the sale of Common
Shares which constitute "taxable Canadian property",  provided that the value of
the Common Shares at the time of  disposition  is not derived  principally  from
real property located in Canada.

This summary is not  exhaustive of all possible  income tax  considerations  and
shareholders  and  prospective  purchasers are advised to consult with their own
tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.






                                       12

<PAGE>

ITEM 8. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected historical  financial data of the Company for the
five years ended  October 31, 1998 and the three months  ended  January 31, 1999
and 1998 has been derived from the Company's financial statements, including its
Balance  Sheets as at January 31, 1999 and October 31,  1998,  1997 and 1996 and
its  Statement of  Operations  and Deficit and Changes in Cash  Position for the
Three Months Ended January 31, 1999 and the Years Ended  October 31, 1998,  1997
and 1996,  and the  notes  thereto,  and the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  as at and for the Three  Months Ended  January 31, 1999  (unaudited)
appearing  elsewhere  herein.  The information set forth below should be read in
conjunction  with Item 9 -  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,  and the Consolidated  Financial Statements
of the  Company  including  the  notes  thereto,  included  in  Item  17 of this
Registration Statement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 (Canadian Dollars)

                                         Three Months Ended
                                             January 31,                               Years Ended October 31,

                                         1999/1/       1998           1998          1997          1996         1995          1994
                                         ----          ----           ----          ----          ----         ----          ----
<S>                                <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>

Working capital (deficiency)        $   573,029   $  (285,854)     $(238,954)    $(271,525)    $(247,696)   $(293,332)    $(120,107)

Investments in other companies          100,440       485,865        342,000       485,865     1,725,494     1,620,881      346,004

Patents                              46,015,654           -              -             -             -             -           -

Property interests
   Oil and gas                              -             -              -             -             -             -      1,197,455
   Mineral exploration                      -               2            -               2             3             3      179,820

Capital assets                           30,634           -              -             -             -             -           -

Equity                               46,719,757       200,013        103,046       214,342     1,477,801     1,327,552    1,603,172



Income:
   Oil and gas production                   -             -              -             -             -             -         36,459
   Interest earned                        3,242           -              -             -             -             -           -
   Gain on sale of investments          418,335           -              -             -         127,280           -           -

Costs and expenses:
   Administration                       259,590        11,395         80,938        63,285        47,103        79,946       97,660
   Interest expense                         -           2,934          5,573        11,544        11,528        15,857       11,000
   Write downs-
     Mineral exploration
        properties                          -             -                2             1           -         179,817         -
     Investment in other
        companies                        61,560           -          119,295     1,239,629           -             -        240,000
   Loss on sale of investments              -             -           15,586           -             -             -           -
   Organizational costs                  11,585           -              -             -             -             -           -

Net income (loss)                        88,842       (14,329)      (221,394)   (1,314,459)       68,649      (275,620)    (312,201)

</TABLE>

- --------
/1/       Consolidated  (There were no subsidiaries  prior to the acquisition of
          Pageant Technologies Incorporated on January 11, 1999).




                                       13

<PAGE>

Exchange Rate Data

   The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, end
of period and average  for period  noon buying  rates in New York City for cable
transfers  in Canadian  Dollars  certified  for customs  purposes by the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York, as expressed in U.S. Dollars.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Three Months Ended
                         January 31,                         Year Ended October 31,
<S>                  <C>                     <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>

                            1999              1998          1997        1996       1995        1994

High for period            1.5534            1.5820        1.4088      1.3852     1.4243      1.3966

Low for period             1.5056            1.3982        1.3290      1.3363     1.3303      1.2920

End of period              1.5105            1.5430        1.4082      1.3386     1.3443      1.3533

Average for period         1.5346            1.4631        1.3731      1.3650     1.3748      1.3571

</TABLE>

ITEM 9.        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
               RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   The  following  discussion  and analysis of the results of  operations of the
Company should be read in conjunction with Item 8 - Selected  financial Data and
the Financial Statements of the Company starting on page F-1 of this Report.

Year Ended October 31, 1998 compared to Year Ended October 31, 1997

   The  Company  had no revenue  from  operations  in either 1998 or 1997 as the
mining and oil and gas interests of the Company  produced no income in either of
these years.

   The  operating  loss of the Company  increased  15.6% from $74,829 in 1997 to
$86,511 in 1998. This was due to a 27.9% increase in administrative  and general
expenses from $63,285 in 1997 to $80,938 in 1998. The operating  loss,  however,
was moderated by a decrease of 51.2% in interest expense from $11,544 in 1997 to
$5,573 in 1995 due to a decrease of 9.0% in current liabilities from $273,525 in
1997 to $248,938 in 1998 and a general lowering of interest rates.

   The net  loss of the  Company  decreased  83.2%  from  $1,314,459  in 1997 to
$221,394 in 1998.  The decrease was  primarily  due to the fact that in 1997 the
Company  wrote down its  investment  in Alliance  Resources  PLC, an oil and gas
exploration  company, by $993,582 and its investment in Castello Casino Corp. by
$246,047.  In 1998,  the Company  also wrote down certain  investments,  but the
total  of  those  write  offs,  together  with a  $15,586  loss  on the  sale of
investments in other companies, came to a total of $134,883.

Year Ended October 31, 1997 compared to Year Ended October 31, 1996.

   The  Company  had no revenue  from  operations  in either 1997 or 1996 as the
mining and oil and gas interests of the Company  produced no income in either of
those years.

   The  operating  loss of the Company  increased  27.7% from $58,631 in 1997 to
$74,829 in 1998 due to a 34.4% increase in  administration  and general expenses
from $47,103 in 1976 to $63,285 in 1997.  Interest expense remained  essentially
unchanged in 1997 as compared to 1996.




                                       14

<PAGE>

   Due to the sale of certain  investments  resulting  in a gain of  $127,280 in
1996 the  Company  ended the year with a net gain of $68,649 as  compared to the
net loss of  $1,314,459  experienced  by the  Company in 1997 as a result of the
substantial  writeoffs  taken by the  Company  in its  investments  in  Alliance
Resources PLC and Castello Casino Corp.

Three Months Ended  January 31, 1999  compared to Three Months Ended January 31,
1998

   The results of  operations  of the Company for the three months ended January
31, 1999 are  consolidated  to reflect the acquisition by the Company on January
11, 1999 of all of the capital  stock of Pageant  Technologies  Incorporated,  a
company  incorporated under the laws of the Turks & Caicos Islands.  The primary
asset of Pageant International, through its wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary Pageant
Technologies  (USA)  Inc.,  is an  undivided  50%  interest  in  the  MAGRAM(TM)
Technology.  Comparable  consolidated results of operations for the three months
ended January 31, 1998 are not available and the results of operations  for that
period do not include either Pageant International or Pageant USA.

   The Company had no revenue  from  operations  in either the first  quarter of
fiscal  year 1999 or the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  1998.  The  $259,590
operating  loss of the  Company  in the first  quarter  of fiscal  year 1999 was
significantly  greater  than the  $11,395  operating  loss in the  corresponding
quarter in fiscal year 1998, reflecting the acquisition of the Pageant companies
and  the  increased  expenses  required  to  complete  the  development  of  the
MAGRAM(TM)  Technology  and  prepare  for  its  marketing.  Notwithstanding  the
increased operating loss, however, the Company experienced net income of $88,842
for the first  three  months of fiscal  year 1999 as  compared  to a net loss of
$14,329  for  the  same  period  in  1998  primarily  due to a gain  on  sale of
investments for the period of $418,335 which included the sale by the Company in
January 1999 of its remaining shares of Ontex Resources Limited for $325,000.

Liquidity

   The Company  currently  has no cash flow from  operations  and will have none
until it is in a position  to either  license or  directly  produce and sell its
products utilizing MAGRAM(TM)  technology.  The researchers of the University of
Utah who were hired by the Company to complete  the  research on the  technology
and  produce a working  prototype  expect to have  8-bit  technology  evaluation
samples  completed by May 1999 which can be used to commence  negotiations  with
prospective  licensees.  Meanwhile the financing of the Company's activities has
come primarily from the sale of Common Shares,  which totaled $110,098 in fiscal
year  1998 and  $51,000  in fiscal  year 1997 and from the sale of  investments,
which totalled $418,335 in the first quarter of 1999. Some of this financing was
used to reduce notes payable by the Company, which declined by $26,659 in fiscal
year 1997, $72,291 in fiscal year 1998 and $119,752 in the first three months of
fiscal year 1999.

Capital Resources

   The Company  had no  material  commitments  for  capital  expenditures  as of
October 31, 1998 or January 31, 1999, other than its current liabilities,  which
totalled $248,938 at October 31, 1998 and $106,452 at January 31, 1999.

ITEM 9A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   Not Applicable.




                                       15

<PAGE>

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

   The Directors and Executive  Officers of the Company as at April 22, 1999 are
set forth below:


        Name             Age                  Position
        ----             ---                  --------

Robert Patterson         52     President and Chief Executive Officer

Sam Fuda                 64     Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ross McGroarty           60     Executive Vice President and Secretary, Director

Stephen Fleming          52     Director



   Robert  Patterson has served as the President and Chief Executive  Officer of
the Company  since March 18, 1999. In 1997 he was one of the founders of Pageant
USA and served as that  company's  Chairman of the Board and Vice  President  of
Corporate  Development  until its  acquisition  by the Company in December 1998.
From 1995 to 1997 he served as Vice President of Corporate  Development  for SGL
International, Inc.

   Sam Fuda has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company since January 11,
1999 and a Director of the Company since 1992.  From 1992 to January 11, 1999 he
also  served as  Secretary  of the  Company.  He served as  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer of Ontex Resources  Limited from 1986 to December 1998 and as
Chairman of the Board of Ontex Resources Limited since that date.

   Ross  McGroarty  was elected  Executive  Vice  President and Secretary of the
Company on January 11,  1999.  For ten years prior to that he served the Company
as  President.  He has been a director of both the  Company and Ontex  Resources
Limited since 1988.

   Stephen  Fleming  was  elected a Director  of the Company on January 11, 1999
following the  ratification by the Company's  shareholders of the acquisition of
Pageant International. He has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Pageant USA since 1997 and  President  of SGL  International  Inc., a company he
co-founded that is engaged in technology  development,  since 1996. From 1990 to
1995 he served as Senior Vice President for International Technology Development
of International Ion Incorporated.

   There are no  arrangements  or  understandings  between any  director and any
other  person  pursuant  to which the  director  was  selected  as a director or
executive  officer.  There is no family  relationship  between  any  director or
executive officer and any other director or executive officer.


ITEM 11.       COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The aggregate  amount of compensation  paid by the Company and its  subsidiaries
during the  Company's  last fiscal year to all directors and officers as a group
for  services  in all  capacities  was  $24,000,  all of which  was paid to Ross
McGroarty in his capacity as President.





                                       16

<PAGE>

ITEM 12.       OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES FROM REGISTRANT

   Warrants for the purchase of 962,500  shares,  issued as part of the purchase
price for  Pageant  International,  were  outstanding  on April 22,  1999.  Each
warrant  entitles its holder to purchase one Common Share at a purchase price of
CDN $2.00 through  January 11, 2000, and CDN $2.30 from January 12, 2000 through
January 12, 2001, at which time the warrants expire. No warrants are held by any
directors or officers of the Company.


ITEM 13.       INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   During the past three  years,  there have been no  material  transactions  in
which  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  was a party  and in which  any
director or officer of the Company had a direct or indirect material interest.

   During  the  last  three  years,  no  officer  or  director  or any of  their
associates have been indebted to the Company.


                                     Part II
                                     -------

ITEM 14.       DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

   The authorized  capital of Micromem consists of an unlimited number of common
shares ("Common Shares"),  of which 35,490,646 shares are issued and outstanding
on the date hereof, and 2,000,000 special, redeemable,  voting preference shares
("Special Shares"), none of which are outstanding as of the date hereof.

   Holders of Common  Shares will be entitled to receive  notice of,  attend and
vote at all meetings of the shareholders of Micromem.  Each Common Share carries
one vote at such meetings. Holders of Common Shares are entitled to dividends as
and when declared by the directors. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up  of  Micromem,  after  payment  of all
outstanding  debts, the remaining assets of Micromem  available for distribution
will be distributed to the holders of Common Shares.

   Holders of Special  Shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote
at all meetings of the  shareholders  Micromem.  Each Special  Share carries one
vote at such  meetings.  Holders of Special  Shares are entitled to dividends as
and when declared by the directors. In the event of the voluntary or involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up  of  Micromem,  after  payment  of all
outstanding  debts,  the  holders of the  Special  Shares  shall be  entitled to
receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of Micromem among the
holders of any other  shares,  the amount  paid up on the  Special  Shares.  The
Special  Shares are  redeemable at the option of Micromem for the amount paid up
on the shares. No dividends are payable on the Special Shares.



                                    Part III

ITEM 15.       DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

   [None.]






                                       17

<PAGE>

ITEM 16.       CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND CHANGES IN SECURITY FOR
               REGISTERED SECURITIES

   [None.]

                                     Part IV


ITEM 17.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The  financial  statements  required  by Item 17 are  listed  in the Index to
Financial Statements appearing on Page F-1.


ITEM 18.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   Not applicable


ITEM 19.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

   (a) Financial Statements:

   See the Index to Financial Statements on page A-1 of the financial statements
filed as part of this registration statement as Attachment A hereto.

   (b) Exhibits:

   The following  exhibits are filed as part of this  registration  statement as
Attachment B hereto:

   Exhibit No. 1.1        Articles of Incorporation as currently in effect

   Exhibit No. 1.2        By-Laws as currently in effect

   Exhibit No. 3.1        Letter  Agreement  dated  December  7, 1998  among the
                          Company,  Ataraxia Corp. and Pageant  Technology  Inc.
                          relating to the  purchase by the Company of all of the
                          stock of Pageant Technology Inc.

   Exhibit No. 3.2        Assignment  of  MAGRAM(TM)   Technology   patent  from
                          Richard Lienau to Estancia  Limited dated November 18,
                          1997

   Exhibit No. 3.3        Assignment  of undivided  50%  interest in  MAGRAM(TM)
                          Technology  patent from  Estancia  Limited to Ataraxia
                          Corp. dated November 19, 1997

   Exhibit No. 3.4        Assignment    of    undivided    50%    interest    in
                          MAGRAM(TM)Technology  patent from  Ataraxia  Corp.  to
                          Pageant  Technologies  Incorporated dated November 19,
                          1997





                                       18

<PAGE>

   Exhibit No. 3.5        Agreement with respect to Joint  Ownership and Certain
                          License  Rights  dated   September  17,  1997  between
                          Richard M. Lienau and Estancia  Limited,  and Ataraxia
                          Corp.

   Exhibit No. 3.6        Assignment of September 17, 1997 agreement by Ataraxia
                          Corp. to Pageant Technologies Inc.

   Exhibit No. 3.7        Research  Agreement  dated  November  24,  1997 by and
                          between  Pageant   Technologies  (USA)  Inc.  and  the
                          University of Utah

   Exhibit No. 3.8        Letter  Agreement  dated  February  1, 1999  extending
                          November 24, 1997  Research  Agreement to December 31,
                          1999

   Exhibit No. 3.9        Consulting  Agreement  dated as of  January  29,  1999
                          between 275311 Ontario Inc. and Micromem  Technologies
                          Inc. for the services of Sam Fuda

   Exhibit No. 3.10       Consulting  Agreement  dated  as  of  March  10,  1999
                          between  Mast Holding  (Bermuda)  Ltd. and the Company
                          for the services of Robert Patterson

   Exhibit No. 3.11       Lease  dated   January  16,  1998,   for  the  Pageant
                          Technologies Inc. office in Santa Fe, New Mexico





                                       19

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, the Registrant  certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing
on Form 20-F and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



                                MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.



                                By:  /s/ Sam Fuda
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Name: Sam Fuda
                                     Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors


Dated:         May 6, 1999




                                       20

<PAGE>

                                                                    ATTACHMENT A


                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                    (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                       <C>

Auditor's Report                                                                           A-3

Balance Sheets as of October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996                                       A-4

Statements of Operations and Deficit for Years ended October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996       A-5

Statements of Changes in Cash Position for Years ended October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996     A-6

Notes to Financial Statements                                                              A-7

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 31, 1999 (unaudited)                             A-10

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Deficit for the Three
Months ended January 31, 1999 (unaudited)                                                 A-11

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Cash Position for the
Three Months ended January 31, 1999 (unaudited)                                           A-12

Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)                                                 A-13
</TABLE>




                                       A-1

<PAGE>

                          AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                         OCTOBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996















                                             A-2

<PAGE>

                            John E. Goodwin, F. C. A.


                              CHARTERED ACCOUNTANT
                                    SUITE 903
                                 347 BAY STREET
                                TORONTO, ONTARIO
                                     M5H 2R7
                                TEL. 416-326-5256
                               FACS. 416-359-0001




                                AUDITOR'S REPORT





To the Shareholders,
Avanticorp International Inc.

   I have  audited the balance  sheets of  Avanticorp  International  Inc. as at
October 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and the statements of operations and deficit and
changes in cash position for the years then ended.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility  of the Company's  management.  My  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on my audits.

   I  conducted  my  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those  standards  require that I plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  whether  the  financial  statements  are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

   In my opinion,  these financial  statements  present fairly,  in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as at October 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996 and the results of its  operations and the changes in its cash position for
the  years  then  ended  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles.


                                                        John E. Goodwin (signed)


Toronto, Canada
November 27, 1998                                          Chartered Accountant.











                                       A-3

<PAGE>

                                 AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                        BALANCE SHEETS

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   October 31,

                                                    1998               1997               1996
                   ASSETS

<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                 <C>

Current Assets
  Cash                                            $      8,394         $     1,312        $     4,291
  Accounts receivable                                    1,590                 688             25,672
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------
                                                         9,984               2,000             29,963

Investments in other companies (note 2)                342,000             485,865          1,725,494

Mineral exploration properties                               -                   2                  3
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------

                                                  $    351,984        $    487,867        $ 1,755,460
                                                  ============        ============        ===========



                          LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities        $    129,186        $     81,482        $    58,957
  Notes payable (note 3)                               119,752        $    192,043            218,702
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------

                                                       248,938             273,525            277,659
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------



                     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Share capital (note 4)
  Authorized
    Unlimited number of common shares
    2,000,000 special, redeemable, voting
      preference shares
  Issued
    3,490,646 common shares                          2,853,569           2,743,471          2,692,471

Deficit                                              2,750,523           2,529,129          1,214,670
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------

                                                       103,046             214,342          1,477,801
                                                  ------------        ------------        -----------

                                                  $    351,984        $    487,867        $ 1,755,460
                                                  ============        ============        ===========

</TABLE>



Approved by the Board:

S. Fuda, Director

R.J. McGroarty, Director




                                       A-4

<PAGE>

                                 AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                             STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          Years ended
                                                                          October 31,

                                                             1998             1997             1996
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>    

Revenue                                               $              -  $             -  $              -
                                                      ----------------  ---------------  ----------------

Expenses
  Administration and general                                    80,938           63,285            47,103
  Interest                                                       5,573           11,544            11,528
                                                      ----------------  ---------------  ----------------

                                                                86,511           74,829            58,631
                                                      ----------------  ---------------  ----------------

Operating loss                                                  86,511           74,829            58,631

Investments in other companies written down                    119,295        1,239,629                 -

Loss on sale of investments in other companies                  15,586                -          (127,280)

Mineral exploration properties written off                           2                1                 -
                                                      ----------------  ---------------  ----------------

Net loss                                                       221,394        1,314,459           (68,649)

Deficit, beginning of the year                               2,529,129        1,214,670         1,283,319
                                                      ----------------  ---------------  ----------------

Deficit, end of the year                              $      2,750,523  $     2,529,129         1,214,670
                                                      ================  ===============  ================

Net loss (income) per share                           $         0 .006  $          0.45             (0.03)
                                                      ================  ===============  ================

</TABLE>





                                             A-5

<PAGE>

                                 AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CASH POSITION

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)



                                                                    Year ended
                                                                    October 31,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1998               1997               1996
<S>                                            <C>                <C>                  <C>    

Cash resources provided by (used in):

  Operating activities
    Operating loss                               $(   86,511)       $(   74,829)        $  ( 58,631)
    Change in non-cash working capital balances       46,802             47,509            ( 79,180)
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

                                                  (   39,709)        (   27,320)           (137,811)
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

  Investing activities
    Investments in other companies                         -                  -            (189,817)
      Purchases                                        8,984                  -             212,484
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------
      Disposals                                        8,984                  -              22,667
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

  Financing activities
    Issue of common shares                           110,098             51,000              81,600
    Increase (decrease) in notes payable          (   72,291)        (   26,659)             36,202
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

                                                      37,807             24,341             117,802
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

Increase (decrease) in cash                            7,082        (     2,979)              2,658

Cash, beginning of the year                            1,312              4,291               1,633
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

Cash, end of the year                          $       8,394      $       1,312               4,291
                                               -------------      -------------        ------------

</TABLE>





                                       A-6

<PAGE>

                          AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                OCTOBER 31, 1998


- -------

1.      Accounting policies

        These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
        generally accepted accounting principles in Canada as promulgated by The
        Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.


2.      Investments in other companies - at cost less amounts written off

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Quoted           Carrying          Carrying         Carrying
                             Market Value         Value              Value            Value
                                 1998              1998              1997             1996
<S>                         <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>    

Alliance Resources PLC
  450,000 shares               $ 162,000        $ 162,000          $ 281,295       $1,274,877

Ontex Resources Limited                      
  600,000 shares               $ 294,000          180,000            180,000          180,000

Castello Casino Corp.              --               --                24,570          270,617
                               ---------        ---------         ----------       ----------

                                                $ 342,000         $  485,865       $1,725,494
                                                =========         ==========       ==========



3.      Notes payable

        Notes payable are due on demand and bear interest at 8% per annum.


4.      Share capital

        The Company issued common shares as follows:

                                                                  Shares                    Capital

      Balance, October 31, 1996                                    2,725,646                 $2,692,471

      Exercise of directors' options                                 255,000                     51,000
                                                          ------------------        -------------------
      Balance, October 31, 1997                                    2,980,646                  2,743,471

      Exercise of directors' options                                 510,000                    110,098
                                                          ------------------        -------------------
      Balance, October 31, 1998                                    3,490,646                $ 2,853,569
                                                          ==================        ===================

</TABLE>

      Pursuant  to the  Company's  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan,  options  are
      outstanding on 490,000 shares at U.S. $0.66  exercisable  over a period of
      two years from September 15, 1998.




                                       A-7

<PAGE>

                          AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                OCTOBER 31, 1998



5.      Financial instruments

        The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and
        accrued  liabilities  reflected in the balance sheet  approximate  their
        respective  fair  values.  The  fair  values  of  investments  in  other
        companies are assumed to approximate  quoted market values, as disclosed
        in note 2.

6.      Income tax information

        As of October  31,  1998,  the Company  has  resource  pools of $339,000
        available for carry forward against future taxable  income.  Non-capital
        losses  total  $353,000  and expire as to $39,000 in 2000,  $146,000  in
        2001, $7,000 in 2003, $75,000 in 2004 and $86,000 in 2005.

7.      Pageant Technologies Inc.

        The Company  has entered  into an  agreement  whereby the Company  would
        acquire  all of the shares of  Pageant  Technologies  Inc.,  a Turks and
        Caicos  Islands,  British  West  Indies  corporation  by  the  issue  of
        32,000,000 shares of its capital and 1,000,000 share purchase  warrants.
        The share purchase  warrants  could be exercised  during a period of two
        years from the issue date.  The exercise  price would be $2.00 per share
        during the first  twelve  months of the period or $2.30 per share during
        the second twelve months. The agreement provides for a closing within 65
        days following the date of delivery of required  contracts and financial
        information.

8.      Events subsequent to October 31, 1998

        a)     The Company sold 275,000  shares of Ontex  Resources  Limited for
               $232,150.
        b)     The balances due on notes payable in the total amount of $119,752
               at October 31, 1998 were repaid.




                                       A-8

<PAGE>

                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                    (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                JANUARY 31, 1999

                                   (Unaudited)




                                       A-9

<PAGE>

                                  MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                           (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                                  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                       JANUARY 31, 1999
                                          (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            ASSETS
<S>                                                                                  <C>

Current assets
    Cash                                                                           $   295,602
    Accounts receivable (note 3)                                                       378,242
    Advances                                                                             5,637
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                       679,481

Investment in another company (note 4)                                                 100,440

Patents (notes 5 and 6)                                                             46,015,654

Capital assets                                                                          30,634
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   $46,826,209
                                                                                   -----------

                                          LIABILITIES

Current liabilities
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                       $   106,452
                                                                                   -----------


                                     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Share capital (note 7)
    Authorized
        Unlimited number of common shares
        2,000,000 special, redeemable, voting preference shares
    Issued
        35,980,646 common shares                                                    49,381,438

    Deficit                                                                         (2,661,681)
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                    46,719,757
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   $46,826,209
                                                                                   -----------

</TABLE>

Approved by the Board:

S. Fuda, Director

R.J. McGroarty, Director




                                      A-10

<PAGE>



                                  MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                           (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                          FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999

                                          (Unaudited)

Revenue
    Gain on sale of investments in other companies       $418,335
                                                       ----------
    Interest earned                                         3,242       $421,577

Costs and expenses
    Administration and general expenses                   259,590
    Organizational costs                                   11,585
    Write down of investment                               61,560        332,735
                                                       ----------   ------------

Net income                                                                88,842

Deficit, beginning of the period                                       2,750,523
                                                                    ------------

Deficit, end of the period                                            $2,661,681
                                                                    ============

Net income per share                                                    $   0.01
                                                                    ------------




                                      A-11

<PAGE>

                                  MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                           (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CASH POSITION

                               (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                          FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1999

                                          (Unaudited)


Cash resources provided by (used in):

    Operating activities
        Net income                                                  $88,842
        Gain on sale of investment in other companies              (418,335)
        Change in non-cash working capital balances                (405,023)
                                                                    -------
                                                                   (734,516)
                                                                    -------

    Investing activities
        Investments in other companies
         Write down of investment                                    61,560
         Disposals of shares of Ontex Resources Limited             598,335
        Patents                                                 (46,015,654)
        Capital assets                                              (30,634)
                                                                -----------
                                                                (45,386,393)
                                                                -----------

    Financing activities
        Issue of common shares                                   46,527,869
        Decrease in notes payable                                  (119,752)
                                                                -----------
                                                                 46,408,117
                                                                -----------

Increase in cash                                                    287,208

Cash, beginning of the year                                           8,394
                                                                -----------

Cash, end of the period                                            $295,602
                                                                ===========




                                      A-12

<PAGE>

                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                    (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                JANUARY 31, 1999

                                   (Unaudited)

1.  Change of name

    By Articles of Amendment  dated  January 14, 1999,  the Company  changed its
    name from Avanticorp International Inc. to Micromem Technologies Inc.

2.  Accounting policies

    a)  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally
        accepted accounting  principles as promulgated by The Canadian Institute
        of Chartered Accountants.

    b)  These  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of the
        Company's  wholly-owned   subsidiaries  Pageant  Technologies  Inc.  and
        Pageant Technologies (U.S.A.) Inc.

    c)  Monetary assets and liabilities are translated into Canadian  dollars at
        the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date;  non-monetary  assets at
        historic  rates of exchange;  and revenues and expenses at average rates
        of exchange during the year.

3.  Accounts receivable

    Accounts receivable include $325,000 being the proceeds of sale of shares of
    Ontex Resources Limited.

4.  Investment

    The Company holds 450,000 shares of Alliance  Resources  P.L.C. at cost less
    amounts written off, which approximates quoted market value.

5.  Patents

    A subsidiary of the Company has a 50% interest in a patent registered in the
    United States with  corresponding  patent  applications in Europe and Japan,
    for non-volatile  random access memory  technology  called  Magram(TM).  The
    subsidiary has an exclusive  worldwide  license to develop,  manufacture and
    sell the Magram(TM)  technology.  The Magram(TM)  license  provides that the
    subsidiary  would pay a royalty  of 40% of the gross  profits  less  certain
    agreed  expenses for revenue  received from the  Magram(TM)  technology to a
    company which holds the balance of the 50%  interest.  The 50% interest held
    by the Company's  subsidiary  will revert back to the original  owner if the
    license agreement is in default.




                                      A-13

<PAGE>

                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                    (FORMERLY AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.)

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        (Expressed in Canadian Currency)

                                JANUARY 31, 1999

                                   (Unaudited)


6.  Acquisition

    The Company  issued  32,000,000  common shares and 1,000,000  share purchase
    warrants  valued at  $46,032,000  to  acquire  all of the  issued  shares of
    Pageant  Technologies  Inc.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for using the
    purchase method and the results of operations  since the date of acquisition
    have been included in the consolidated  statement of operations.  Details of
    the transaction are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                       <C>    

    Current assets                                                                        $146,245

    Capital assets                                                                          30,634

    Organization costs                                                                      11,585

    Current liabilities assumed                                                           (172,118)
                                                                                       -----------

    Net assets acquired                                                                     16,346

    Purchase price                                                                      46,032,000
                                                                                       -----------

    Patents                                                                            $46,015,654
                                                                                       -----------



7.  Share Capital                                                Shares                   Capital

    Balance, October 31, 1998                                 3,490,646                 $2,853,569

    Exercise of director's options                              490,000                    495,869

    Acquisition of shares of Pageant Technologies Inc.       32,000,000                 46,032,000
                                                             ----------                -----------

    Balance, January 31, 1999                                35,980,646                $49,381,438
                                                             ----------                -----------


</TABLE>

    Common share purchase warrants:

    Warrants  for  the  purchase  of  1,000,000  shares,  issued  as part of the
    purchase price for Pageant  Technologies Inc. are outstanding.  Each warrant
    entities its holder to purchase one common share at CDN$2.00 through January
    11, 2000 and CDN$2.30  from January 12, 2000  through  January 12, 2001,  at
    which time the warrants expire.





                                      A-14

<PAGE>

                                                                    ATTACHMENT B
                                                                    ------------

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

                                                                     Sequential
Number                        Exhibit                                Page Number
- ------                        -------                                -----------

1.1              Articles  of   Incorporation  as  currently  in         E-1
                 effect

1.2              By-Laws as currently in effect                          E-10

3.1              Letter  Agreement  dated December 7, 1998 among         E-34
                 the  Company,   Ataraxia   Corp.   and  Pageant
                 Technology Inc. relating to the purchase by the
                 Company   of  all  of  the  stock  of   Pageant
                 Technology Inc.

3.2              Assignment   MAGRAM(TM)Technology  patent  from         E-41
                 Richard   Lienau  to  Estancia   Limited  dated
                 November 18, 1997

3.3              Assignment   of   undivided   50%  interest  in         E-43
                 MAGRAM(TM)   Technology  patent  from  Estancia
                 Limited to Ataraxia  Corp.  dated  November 19,
                 1997

3.4              Assignment   of   undivided   50%  interest  in         E-44
                 MAGRAM(TM)   Technology  patent  from  Ataraxia
                 Corp.  to  Pageant  Technologies   Incorporated
                 dated November 19, 1997

3.5              Agreement  with respect to Joint  Ownership and         E-46
                 Certain License Rights dated September 17, 1997
                 between Richard M. Lienau and Estancia Limited,
                 and Ataraxia Corp.

3.6              Assignment of September  17, 1997  agreement by         E-56
                 Ataraxia Corp. to Pageant Technologies Inc.

3.7              Research  Agreement  dated November 24, 1997 by         E-65
                 and between Pageant Technologies (USA) Inc. and
                 the University of Utah

3.8              Letter   Agreement   dated   February  1,  1999         E-75
                 extending  November 24, 1997 Research Agreement
                 to December 31, 1999

3.9              Consulting  Agreement  dated as of January  29,         E-76
                 1999 between  275311  Ontario Inc. and Micromem
                 Technologies Inc. for the services of Sam Fuda

3.10             Consulting Agreement dated as of March 10, 1999         E-83
                 between  Mast  Holding  (Bermuda)  Ltd. and the
                 Company for the services of Robert Patterson

3.11             Lease dated  January 16, 1998,  for the Pageant         E-91
                 Technologies  Inc.  office  in  Santa  Fe,  New
                 Mexico



                                       B-1



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   For Ministry Use Only
A l'usage exclusil du ministere

<S>                                           <C>                                                       <C>
Ministry of                                  Ministere de                                                Ontario Corporation Number
Consumer and Commercial                      la Consommation                                             Numero de la compagnie en
Relations                                    et du Commerce                                                       Ontario
Ontario
                                                                                                                6 4 1 9 4 3
                                                                                                        ----------------------------

CERTIFICATE                                  CERTIFICAT
                                             Ceci certifie que les presents
This is to certify that these                statuts entrent en vigueur le
articles are effective on

OCTOBER 21                                    OCTOBRE,   1985

Controller of Records                           /s/ Controleur des Dossiers                  Trans     Line        Comp  Method
Companies Branch                                 Direction des Compagnies                    Code      No   Stat  Type  Incorp
                                                                                            -----    -----  ----  ----  ------
                                                                                              A        0      0     A      3
                                                                                            -----    -----  ----  ----  ------
                                                                                              18       20    28    29     30

                                                                                                     
                                                                                                     Notice      Jurisdiction
                                                                                              Share   Req'd
                                                                                              -----  ------     -------------
                                                                                                S      N        O N T A R I O
                                                                                              -----  ------     -------------
                                                                                                31     32        33        47

- ------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                                                 STATUTS CONSTITUTIFS

     Form 3        1.  The present name of the corporation is:                       Denomination sociale actuelole de la campagnie:
    Business
  Corporations         M I N E   L A K E   M I N E R A L S    I N C.
      Act.
      1982
     Formula
    numero 3
   Loi de 1982
     sur les
   compagnies

                   2. The  address of the  registered  office is :                Addresse du social:

                   Suite 1710, 390 Bay Street
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      (Street & Number or R.R. Number & if Multi-Office Building give Room No.)
                               Rue et numero ou numero de la R.R. et. s'il s"agit d'un edifice a bureaux. numero du bureau


                   Toronto, Ontario                                                                                      M 5 H 2 Y 2
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       (Name of Municipality or Post Office)                                                        (Post Code)

                   Nom de la  muncipalite  ou du bureau de poste)                                                   (Code  postal)


                   Municipality of Metropolitan  Toronto                                Judicial  District of York

                  (Name of  Municipality, Geographical Township)                       (County, District,  Regional  Municipality) 
                   Nom de la muncipalite,  du canton                       in the      (Comte, district, municipalite regionale)
                                                                        dans/le/la

                   3.  Number (or minimum and maximum  number) of directors  is:
                       Minimum -  3                                                    Nombre (ou nombres minimal et maximal
                       Maximum -  5                                                    d'adminstrateurs:

                   4.  The first director(s) is/are:                                   Premier(s) adminstrateur(s):

                                                                                                                    Resident
                                                                                                                    Canadian
                                                                Residence address, giving street & No. or R.R.      State
                                                                No. or municipality and postal code.                Yes or No
                                                                Address personnelle, y compris la rue et le         Resident
                   First name, initials and surname             numero, le numero de la R.R. ou, le nom de          Canadien
                   Prenom, initiales et nom de famile           municipalite et le code postal                      Oui/Non
                   -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------------
                   Richard Lachcik                              302-2100 Bathurst Street, Toronto Ontario, M5N 2P2  Yes
                   John Eversley                                1016-45 Balliol Street, Toronto Ontario, M4S 1C3    Yes



                                      E-1
<PAGE>

                   Mark Mickleborough                           11 Spruce Hill Road, Toronto, Ontario M4E 3G2       Yes

                   5.  Restrictions,  if any, on business  the  corporation  may    Limites,  s'il y a lieu,  imposees aux
                       carry activites on or on powers the corporation may          commercials ou aux pouvoirs de la compagnie.
                       exercise. 

                       No restrictions on objects.

                   6.  The  classes  and any  maximum  number of shares that the    Categories et nombre maximal, s'il a lieu,
                       corporation is authorized  to  issue.                        d'actions  que la  compagnie  est autorisee a
                                                                                    emettre:

                       An unlimited number of voting common shares and a maximum 2,000,000 special preference shares.


                   7.  Rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions (if any)
                       attaching to each class of shares and directors authority     Droits, privileges, restricitions et
                       with respect to any class of shares which may be issued in    conditions, s'il y a lieu, rattaches a chaque
                       series.                                                       categorie d'actions et pouvoirs des
                                                                                     administrateurs relalifs a chaque categorie
                                                                                     d'actions qui peut etre emise en serie.

                       1. The special shares shall be designated as redeemable, voting, non-participating shares (hereinafter
                          called the "Preference Shares")

                       2. No dividends at any time shall be declared,  set aside or paid on the Preference  Shares. 

                       3. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or other distribution
                          of assets or  property of the  Corporation  among shareholders  for the  purpose  of winding up its
                          affairs  the  holders  of the  Preference  Shares shall be entitled to receive  from the assets and
                          property of the  Corporation a sum  equivalent to the  aggregate  of the  paid  up  capital  of the
                          Preference   Shares  held  by  them  respectively before any amount  shall be paid or any  property
                          or assets of the  Corporation  distributed to the holders  of any  common  share or  shares  of any
                          other  class  ranking  junior  to the  Preference Shares.  After payment to them as above  provided
                          they  shall  not  be  entitled  to  share  in any further distribution of the assets or property of
                          the Corporation.

                       4. The  Preference  Shares  shall be  redeemable  in accordance  with  the  provisions  set  forth  in
                          Clause 5 hereof,  on payment for each share to be redeemed of the paid up capital thereof.

                       5. The  Corporation  may not redeem  the  Preference Shares or any of them prior to the  expiration of
                          five years from the respective  dates of issuance thereof, without the prior consent of the holders
                          of the  Preference  Shares  to be  redeemed.  The Corporation  shall  redeem  the then  outstanding
                          Preference  Share five years from the  respective dates of issue of the Preference Shares.


                                      E-2
<PAGE>

                       6. In case of the redemption of Preference Shares, the Corporation shall at least thirty (30) days
                          before the date specified for redemption mail to each person who at the date of mailing is a
                          registered holder of Preference Shares to be redeemed a notice in writing of the intention of the
                          Corporation to redeem such Preference Shares.  Such notice shall be mailed by letter, postage
                          prepaid, addressed to each such shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the
                          Corporation or in the event of the address of any such shareholder not so appearing then to the last
                          known address of such shareholder, provided, however, that accidental failure to give any such
                          notice to one (1) or more of such shareholders shall not affect the validity of such redemption.
                          Such notice shall set out the redemption price and the date on which redemption is to take place and
                          if part only of the shares held by the person to whom it is to be redeemed the number thereof so to be
                          redeemed.  On or after the date so specified for redemption, the Corporation shall pay or cause to
                          be paid to or to the order of the registered holders of, the Preference Shares to be redeemed the
                          redemption price thereof on presentation and surrender at the head office of the Corporation or any
                          other place designated in such notice of the certificates representing the Preference Shares called
                          for redemption.   If a part only of the shares represented by any certificates be redeemed a new
                          certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation.  From and after the
                          date specified for redemption in any such notice the holders thereof shall not be entitled to
                          exercise any of the rights of shareholders thereof unless payment of the redemption price shall not
                          be made upon presentation of certificates in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case
                          the rights of the shareholders shall remain unaffected.  The Corporation shall have the right at any
                          time after the mailing of notice of its intention to redeem any Preference Shares to deposit the
                          redemption or of such of the said shares represented by certificates as have not at the date of such
                          deposit been surrendered by the holders thereof in connection with such redemption to a special
                          account in any chartered bank or any trust company in Canada, named in such notice, to be paid
                          without interest to or in the order of the respective holders of such Preference Shares called for
                          redemption upon presentation and surrender to such bank or trust company of the certificates
                          representing the same, and upon such deposit having been made shall be redeemed and the rights of
                          the holders thereof after such deposit or such redemption date, as the case may be, shall be limited
                          to receiving without interest their proportionate part of the total redemption price so deposited
                          against presentation and surrender of the said certificates held by them respectively.
                       7. The Corporation may at any time or times purchase for   cancellation   all  or  any   part  of  the
                          Preference  Shares  outstanding from time to time from  the  holders   thereof,   at  a  price  not
                          exceeding the paid up capital  thereof,  with the consent of the holders thereof.
                       8. The  holders of the  Preference  Shares  shall be entitled  to  receive  notice of and  attend  all
                          meetings of  shareholders  of the Corporation and shall have one (1) vote for each Preference Share
                          held at all meetings of the  shareholders  of the Corporation.


                   8.  The issue, transfer or ownership of share is/is not           L'emission, le transfert ou la propriete
                       restricted and the restrictions (if any) are as follows:      d'actions est/n'est pas restreinte.  Les
                                                                                     restrictions, e'il y a lieu, sont les
                                                                                     suivantes:
                       1. No shareholder shall be entitled to sell, assign, transfer,  or otherwise dispose of any Preference
                          Share or  Shares  without  both (a) the  previous express   sanction  of  the   directors   of  the
                          corporation expressed by a resolution  passed at a meeting  of  the  Board  of   Directors   of  the
                          Corporation  or consented to by an  instrument or instruments  in writing  signed by a majority  of
                          the directors;  and (b) the prior written consent of the Ontario Securities Commission.




                                      E-3
<PAGE>

                       2. The number of Preference  Shares  issuable by the Corporation  at any time  shall be  limited  such
                          that  at  no  time   shall   more  than   500,000 Preference Shares be issued and outstanding.

                   9.  Other provisions, if any, are:                               Autres dispositions,  s'il y a lieu:  

                       At any  time or  times,  the  Corporation  may purchase the whole or any part of its outstanding  common
                       shares  and such  shares  shall be  cancelled  upon  such purchase.


                   10. The names and  addresses  of the  incorporators  are         Full residence  address or address of registered
                       Nom et adresse des fondateurs                                office or of principal  place of business giving
                                                                                    street & No. or R.R. No., municipality and 
                                                                                    postal code 

                                                                                     Address personnelle au complet, adresse du 
                                                                                     siege social ou adresse de l'etablissement 
                                                                                     pricipal, y compris la
                       First name,  initials  and surname or  corporate  name        rue et le numero,  le  numero  de la  R.R.,  
                       Prenom, initiale  et nom de  famille  ou  denomination        le nom de la municipalite et le code postal
                       sociale                                                       
                       
                   -------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------

                   Richard Lachcik                                          302-2100 Bathurst St. Toronto Ontario, M5N 2P2

                   John Eversley                                            1016-45 Balliol Street, Toronto Ontario, M4S 1C3

                   Mark Mickleborough                                       11 Spruce Hill Road, Toronto, Ontario, M4E 3G2










                   These articles are signed in duplicate                   Les presents statuts sont signes en double exemplaire

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                               Signatures of incorporators
                                                               (Signature des londateurs)




       /s/ Richard Lachcik                                               /s/ John Eversley
- ------------------------------------                                     -------------------------------------
           Richard Lackcik                                                   John Eversley


                                         /s/ Mark  Mickleborough
                                    -------------------------------------
                                             Mark Mickleborough

                                      E-4
<PAGE>

   For Ministry Use Only
A l'usage exclusif du ministere

Ministry of                                   Ministere de                                               Ontario Corporation Number
Consumer and Commercial                       la Consommation                                             Numero de la compagnie en
Relations                                     et du Commerce                                                       Ontario
Ontario
                                                                                                                 6 4 1 9 4 3
                                                                                                         ---------------------------

CERTIFICATE                                   CERTIFICAT
                                              Ceci certifie que les presents
This is to certify that these                 statuts entrent en vigueur le
articles are effective on

June 23                                       Juin, 1988

Director                                  /s/ Le Directeur                                               TRANS
Companies Branch                              Direction des Compagnies                                   CODE
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                             C
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                            18

- ------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                                                STATUTS DE MODIFICATION

     Form 3        1.  The present name of the corporation is:               Denomination sociale actuelole de la campagnie:
    Business
  Corporations
      Act,
      1982

     Formule
    numero 3
   Loi de 1982
     sur les
   compagnies

                       M I N E  L A K E  M I N E R A L S  I N C.

                   2.  The name of the corporation is changed (if            Nouvelle denomination sociale de la campagnie (s'il y
                       applicable):                                          a lieu):

                       A V A N T I  C A P I T A L  C O R P .


                   3.  Date of incorporation/amalgamation:                   Date de la constitution ou de la fusion:

                                                                21 October, 1985
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                  (Day, Month, Year)
                                                                  (jour, mois, annee)


                                                                 
                   4.  The  articles  of  the  corporation  are  amended  as       Les statuts  de  la  campagnie  sont  modifies
                       follows:                                                    de  la  facon suivante:

                       BE IT RESOLVED that the articles of the  Corporation  be and they are hereby amended to change
                       the name of the corporation to "AVANTI CAPITAL CORP.".

                   5.  The  amendment  has been duly  authorized  as required      La modifications a ete dument autorisee 
                       by Sections 167 and 169 (as applicable) of the              conformement a l'article 167 et. s'il y a lieu.
                       Business Corporations Act.                                  a l'article 169 de la Loi sur les compagnies.

                   6.  The resolution authorizing the amendment was                Les actionnaires ou les administrateurs  (Le cas
                       approved by the  shareholders/directors (as                 echeant) de la compagnie ont approuve la 
                       applicable) of the corporation on                           resolution autorisant la modification

                                  23 June, 1998
                   --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   (Day, Month, Year)
                                                                   (jour, mois, annee)

                       These  articles  are  signed in  duplicate                  Les  presents statuts sont signes en double 
                                                                                   exemplaire.



                                                                             /s/ MINE LAKE MINERALS INC.
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Name of Corporation
                                                                                      (Denomination sociale de la compagnie)

                                      E-5
<PAGE>

   For Ministry Use Only
A l'usage exclusif du ministere

Ministry of                                   Ministere de                                               Ontario Corporation Number
Consumer and Commercial                       la Consommation                                             Numero de la compagnie en
Relations                                     et du Commerce                                                       Ontario
Ontario
                                                                                                                 6 4 1 9 4 3
                                                                                                         ---------------------------

CERTIFICATE                                   CERTIFICAT
                                              Ceci certifie que les presents
This is to certify that these                 statuts entrent en vigueur le
articles are effective on

APRIL 30                                      AVRIL, 1992

Director                                 /s/  Le Directeur                                               TRANS
Companies Branch                              Direction des Compagnies                                   CODE
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                             C
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                             18

- ------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                                                STATUTS DE MODIFICATION

     Form 3        1.  The present name of the corporation is:               Denomination sociale actuelle de la campagnie:
    Business
  Corporations         A V A N T I   C A P I T A L   C O R P.
      Act,
      1982

     Formule
    numero 3
   Loi de 1982
     sur les
   compagnies

                   2.  The name of the corporation is changed (if            Nouvelle denomination sociale de la campagnie (s'il y
                       applicable):                                          a lieu):

                       A V A N T I C O R P.   I N T E R N A T I O N A L    I N C.

                   3.  Date of incorporation/amalgamation:                   Date de la constitution ou de la fusion:    

                                                            21 October, 1985
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                  (Day, Month, Year)
                                                                  (jour, mois, annee)

                   4.  The  articles  of  the  corporation  are  amended  as      Les statuts  de  la  campagnie  sont  modifies  de
                       follows:                                                   la  facon suivante:

                       The Articles of the Corporation are hereby amended to:
                       (i)           consolidate   the  issued  and  outstanding common   shares  of  the   corporation   by
                                     changing each of the issued and outstanding common  shares  into  one-fifth  (1/5) of a
                                     common  share;   provided,   however,  that holders  of common  shares on the date that
                                     the  articles  of  amendment  filed to give effect   to   such   consolidation   become
                                     effective  shall not be entitled to receive any factional  common shares  following the
                                     consolidation; and


                                      E-6
<PAGE>

                   5.  The  amendment  has been duly  authorized  as required      La modifications  a ete dument  autorisee  
                       by Sections 167 and 169 (as applicable) of the              conformement a l'article 167 et.  s'il  y a lieu.
                       Business Corporations Act.                                  a  l'article  169  de la Loi sur les compagnies.

                   6.  The   resolution   authorizing   the  amendment  was        Les actionnaires ou les  administrateurs (Le cas 
                       approved by the  shareholders/directors (as                 echeant) de la compagnie approuve la resolution  
                       applicable) of the corporation on                           autorisant la modification

                             April 30, 1992
                   --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    (Day, Month, Year
                                                                   (jour, mois, annee)

                       These  articles  are signed in  duplicate.            Les  presents sont signes en double exemplaire.

                                                                             AVANTI CAPITAL CORP.
                                                                             --------------------------------------------

                                                                                                Name of Corporation
                                                                                      (Denomination sociale de la compagnie)


                                                                             By:/Par /s/ Ross McGroarty, President
                                                                                    -------------------------------------
                                                                                 (Signature)      (Description of Office)
                                                                                 (signature)      (Fonction)



                                      E-7
<PAGE>

   For Ministry Use Only
A l'usage exclusif du ministere

Ministry of                                   Ministere de                                               Ontario Corporation Number
Consumer and Commercial                       la Consommation                                             Numero de la compagnie en
Relations                                     et du Commerce                                                       Ontario
Ontario
                                                                                                                 6 4 1 9 4 3
                                                                                                         ---------------------------

CERTIFICATE                                   CERTIFICAT
                                              Ceci certifie que les presents
This is to certify that these                 statuts entrent en vigueur le
articles are effective on

JANUARY 14                                    JANVIER, 1999

                  Director/Directeur                                                                     TRANS
Business Corporations Act/Loi sur les societes par actions                                               CODE
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                             C
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                             18

- ------------------ -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                                                STATUTS DE MODIFICATION

     Form 3        1.  The present name of the corporation is:               Denomination sociale actuelle de la campagnie:
    Business
  Corporations
      Act,

     Formule
    numero 3
   Loi de 1982
     sur les
   compagnies

                       A V A N T I C O R P   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   I N C.

                   2.  The name of the corporation is changed (if            Nouvelle denomination sociale de la campagnie (s'il y
                       applicable):                                          a lieu):

                       M I C R O M E M  T E C H N O L O G I E S  I N C.

                   3.  Date of incorporation/amalgamation:                   Date de la constitution ou de la fusion:    

                                                                 21 October, 1985
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                  (Day, Month, Year)
                                                                  (jour, mois, annee)

                   4.  The  articles  of  the  corporation  are  amended  as        Les statuts  de  la  campagnie  sont  modifies  
                       follows:                                                     de  la  facon suivante:

                       The name of the  corporation be changed from "Avanticorp International Inc." to "Micromem Technologies Inc.".


                   5.  The  amendment  has been duly  authorized  as required       La modifications  a ete dument  autorisee  
                       by Sections 167 and 169 (as applicable) of the               conformement a l'article 167 et. s'il y a  lieu.
                       Business Corporations Act.                                   a  l'article  169  de la Loi sur les compagnies.

                   6.  The   resolution   authorizing   the  amendment  was         Les actionnaires ou les  administrateurs (Le cas
                       approved by the  shareholders/directors  (as  applicable)    echeabt) de la compagnie ont approuve la 
                       of the corporation on                                        resolution autorisant la modification

                                                                    11 January 1999
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   (Day, Month, Year)
                                                                   (jour, mois, annee)

                       These  articles  are signed in  duplicate.                   Les  presents sont signes en double exemplaire.


                                      E-8
<PAGE>

                                                                             AVANTICORP. INTERNATIONAL INC.
                                                                             --------------------------------------------


                                                                             By:/Par /s/ Ross McGroarty
                                                                                    -------------------------------------
                                                                                         Ross McGroarty, President
                                                                                 (Signature)       (Description of Office)
                                                                                 (signature)       (Fonction)
</TABLE>


                                      E-9



                                      INDEX
                                       TO
                               BY-LAWS NO. 1 AND 2


                   NO. 1 - TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS

Paragraph No.                                                               Page

                                       GENERAL BUSINESS

1.      Registered Office .....................................................1
2.      Seal ..................................................................1
3.      Financial Year.........................................................1
4.      Banking Arrangements...................................................1
5.      Execution of Instruments...............................................2


                                           DIRECTORS

6.      Power of Directors.....................................................2
7.      Number of Directors and Quorum.........................................2
8.      Qualifications ........................................................2
9.      Resident Canadians.....................................................2
10.     Transaction of Business................................................3
11.     Election and Term......................................................3
12.     Removal of Directors...................................................3
13.     Vacancies..............................................................3
14.     Calling of Meetings....................................................3
15.     First Directors Meeting................................................3
16.     Place of Meeting.......................................................4
17.     Participation by Telephone.............................................4
18.     Votes to Govern........................................................4
19.     Remuneration of Directors..............................................4
20.     Transaction of Business by Signature...................................4
21.     One Director...........................................................4
22.     Declaration of Interest................................................4
23.     Avoidance Standards....................................................5
24.     Standard of Care.......................................................5
25.     Indemnity of Directors and Officers....................................5
26.     Insurance for Directors and Officers...................................5
27.     Financial Assistance...................................................6


                                      E-10
<PAGE>

                                    OFFICERS

28.     Appointed Officers.....................................................6
29.     President .............................................................6
30.     Vice-President ........................................................7
31.     General Manager .......................................................7
32.     Secretary..............................................................7
33.     Treasurer..............................................................7
34.     Other Officers.........................................................7
35.     Variation of Duties....................................................7
36.     Agents and Attorneys ..................................................7
37.     Fidelity Bonds ........................................................8


                                     SHARES

38.     Allotment .............................................................8
39.     Payment of Commission .................................................8
40.     Security Certificates .................................................8
41.     Replacement of Security Certificates...................................8
42.     Central and Branch Registers...........................................9
43.     Transfer of Securities.................................................9
44.     Dealings with Registered Holder........................................9
45.     Lien on Shares.........................................................9


                                  SHAREHOLDERS

46.     Annual Meetings .......................................................9
47.     Special Meeting .......................................................9
48.     Notices ..............................................................10
49.     Reports to Shareholders...............................................10
50.     Persons Entitled to be Present........................................10
51.     Record Date...........................................................10
52.     Quorum................................................................10
53.     Right to Vote.........................................................11
54.     Representatives.......................................................11
55.     Proxies...............................................................11
56.     Joint Shareholders....................................................11
57.     Scrutineers...........................................................11
58.     Votes to Govern.......................................................12
59.     Show of Hands.........................................................12
60.     Polls.................................................................12
61.     Casting Vote..........................................................12
62.     Adjournment...........................................................12
63.     Transaction of Business by Signature..................................12


                                      E-11
<PAGE>

64.     One Shareholder.......................................................12
65.     Dividends.............................................................13


                                     NOTICES

66.     Method of Giving......................................................13
67.     Computation of Time...................................................13
68.     Omissions and Errors..................................................13
69.     Notice to Joint Shareholders..........................................14
70.     Persons Entitled by Death or Operation of Law ........................14
71.     Waiver of Notice .....................................................14


                                 INTERPRETATION

72.     Interpretation........................................................14

        MAKING AND CONFIRMATION...............................................15


                               NO. 2 -- BORROWING

        Borrowing of Money, the Issuing of Debt Obligations and the
        Securing of Liabilities...............................................16

        MAKING AND CONFIRMATION...............................................17



                                      E-12
<PAGE>

                                  BY-LAW NO. 1



                 A BY-LAW RELATING GENERALLY TO THE TRANSACTION
                         OF THE BUSINESS AND AFFAIRS OF

                            MINE LAKE MINERALS, INC.

              BE IT ENACTED and it is hereby enacted as a by-law of

                            MINE LAKE MINERALS, INC.

(hereinafter called the "Corporation") as follows:

                                GENERAL BUSINESS

Registered Office

               1. The  directors  may from  time to time by  resolution  fix the
location of the registered office of the Corporation  within the municipality or
geographic township within Ontario as specified in its articles.

Seal

               2. The  Corporation  shall have a  corporate  seal which shall be
adopted and may be changed by resolution of the directors.

Financial Year

               3. The first financial year of the Corporation shall terminate on
a date to be determined by the directors of the  Corporation  and  thereafter on
the  anniversary  date thereof in each year,  until changed by resolution of the
directors of the Corporation.

Banking Arrangements

               4. The banking business of the Corporation,  or any part thereof,
shall be transacted  with such bank,  trust company or other firm or corporation
carrying  on a banking  business  as the  directors  may  designate,  appoint or
authorize from time to time by resolution  and all such banking  business or any
part thereof shall be transacted on the Corporation's behalf by such one or more
officers  and/or other persons as the board may  designate,  direct or authorize
from time to time by resolution  and to the extent therein  provided,  including
without  restricting  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the  operation of the
Corporation's  accounts; the making,  signing,  drawing,  accepting,  endorsing,
negotiating,  allotting,  depositing or transferring of any cheques,  promissory
notes,  drafts,  acceptances,  bills of  exchange  and orders for the payment of
money; the giving of receipts for and orders relating


                                      E-13
<PAGE>

to any property of the Corporation;  the execution of any agreement  relating to
any banking  business and defining the rights and powers of the parties thereto;
and the  authorizing of any officer of such banker to do any act or thing on the
Corporation's behalf to facilitate such banking business.

Execution of Instruments

               5. Deeds,  transfers,  assignments,  contracts,  obligations  and
other  instruments in writing  requiring the signature of the Corporation may be
signed on behalf of the Corporation by the President alone.




and the corporate  seal shall be affixed to such  instruments as may be required
by any person so authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation.

               Notwithstanding  any provisions to the contrary  contained in the
by-laws of the Corporation,  the directors may at any time and from time to time
by resolution  direct the manner in which, and the person or persons by whom any
particular deed, transfer, contract,  obligation or other instrument in writing,
any class of deeds,  transfers,  contracts,  obligations or other instruments in
writing requiring signature by the Corporation may or shall be signed.

                                    DIRECTORS

Power of Directors

               6. The directors  shall manage or supervise the management of the
business and affairs of the Corporation unless otherwise  specifically  provided
in any unanimous shareholder agreement.

Number of Directors and Quorum

               7.  Subject to the  articles  of the  Corporation,  the number of
directors of the  Corporation  shall be that number of directors as specified in
the  articles or shall be that number of directors  as  determined  from time to
time by a special  resolution within the minimum and maximum as permitted by the
articles of the  Corporation.  A majority of the number of  directors or minimum
number of directors  required by the articles  shall  constitute a quorum at any
meeting of the directors. Notwithstanding vacancies, the remaining directors may
exercise  all the  powers of the board of  directors  so long as a quorum of the
board of directors remains in office.


                                      E-14
<PAGE>

Qualifications

               8. Each director  shall be eighteen (18) or more years of age and
shall be an  individual  as defined by the Act. No person who is of unsound mind
and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere or who has the status of
a bankrupt shall be a director.  If a director acquires the status of a bankrupt
or becomes of unsound  mind and is so found,  he shall  thereupon  cease to be a
director.

Resident Canadians

               9. A majority of the directors of the  Corporation,  other than a
non-resident  corporation  as defined by the Act,  shall be resident  Canadians.
Where the Corporation has only one or two directors, that director or one of the
two directors. as the case may be, shall be a resident Canadian.

Transaction of Business

               10. The board of  directors  shall not transact any business at a
meeting of  directors  unless a  majority  of  directors  present  are  resident
Canadians or unless the Corporation is a non-resident  corporation as defined by
the Act.

Election and Term

               11. The  directors  shall be elected  yearly to hold office until
the next annual meeting of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation or until their
successors  shall have been duly  elected.  The whole  board shall be elected at
each annual meeting and all the directors  then in office shall retire,  but, if
qualified, are eligible for re-election.  The election may be by a show of hands
or by a  resolution  of the  shareholders  unless a ballot  be  demanded  by any
shareholder.

Removal of Directors

               12. The shareholders  may by ordinary  resolution at an annual or
special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation  remove any director from
office.  Notice of intention to pass any such  resolution  shall be given in the
notice calling the meeting and the  shareholders may by a majority of votes cast
at that meeting elect a person  otherwise  qualified to fill the vacancy created
by the removal of such director.

Vacancies

               13.  Except as  hereinafter  provided  vacancies  on the board of
directors  may be filled for the  remainder  of its term of office by  qualified
persons by the remaining  directors if they constitute a quorum. If there is not
a quorum of directors or if a vacancy results from a failure to elect the number
of  directors  required  to be elected at any  meeting of  shareholders  or if a
vacancy  results from an increase in the number of directors where the directors
are  otherwise  authorized  by special  resolution  to  determine  the number of
directors


                                      E-15
<PAGE>

and the appointment of an additional  director would result in a total number of
directors  greater  than one and one third (1 1/3) times the number of directors
required to have been elected at the last annual  meeting of  shareholders  then
the  directors  then in office  shall  forthwith  call a special  meeting of the
shareholders to fill the vacancy and, if they fail to call a meeting or if there
are no directors then in office, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

Calling of Meetings

               14. Meetings of the board of directors shall be held from time to
time  at such  place,  at  such  time  and on  such  day as the  President  or a
Vice-President who is a director or any two (2) directors may determine, and the
Secretary shall call meetings when directed or authorized by the President or by
a Vice-President who is a director or by any two (2) directors.  Notice of every
meeting  so called  shall be given to each  director  not less than  forty-eight
hours   (excluding   any  part  of  a  Sunday  or  Holiday  as  defined  by  the
Interpretation  Act of Canada for the time being in force)  before the time when
the meeting is to be held and such notice  shall  specify the general  nature of
any  business  to be  transacted,  save that no  notice  of a  meeting  shall be
necessary if all the directors are present,  and do not object to the holding of
the  meeting,  or if  those  absent  have  waived  notice  of or have  otherwise
signified their consent to the holding of such meeting.

First Directors Meeting

               15. After  incorporation an incorporator or a director may call a
meeting of the directors of the  Corporation by the giving of not less than five
(5) days  notice  thereof  to each  director  stating  the time and place of the
meeting at which the  directors  may,  make  by-laws;  adopt  forms of  security
certificates and corporate records;  authorize the issue of securities;  appoint
officers;  appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the first annual or
a special meeting of shareholders;  make banking arrangements;  and transact any
other business.

Place of Meeting

               16.  Meetings  of the  board  of  directors  may be  held  at the
registered  office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside of
Ontario;  except that unless the  Corporation  is a  non-resident  corporation a
majority of the meetings of the board of directors in any  financial  year shall
be held at a place within Canada.

Participation by Telephone

               17.  With  the  unanimous  consent  of all the  directors  of the
Corporation  present at or participating in a meeting, a meeting of directors or
of a committee of directors may be held by means of such  telephone,  electronic
or other  communication  facilities as permit all persons  participating  in the
meeting to communicate with each other  simultaneously and instantaneously and a
director  participating  in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present
at that meeting. If a majority of the directors participating at a



                                      E-16
<PAGE>

meeting held as herein  provided are then in Canada the meeting  shall be deemed
to have been held in Canada.

Votes to Govern

               18. At all meetings of the board of directors,  unless  otherwise
provided in the Act,  every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes
cast on the  question  and in case of an equality of votes,  the Chairman of the
meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

Remuneration of Directors

               19.  The  directors  of  the  Corporation   shall  be  paid  such
remuneration as may be determined by the board of directors. Any remuneration so
payable to a director who is also an officer or employee of the  Corporation  or
is  counsel  or  solicitor  of  the  Corporation  or  otherwise  serves  it in a
professional  capacity  shall be, in addition to his salary as such officer,  or
his professional  fees as the case may be. The directors shall also be paid such
sums in respect of the  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  attending  board,
committee or shareholder  meetings or otherwise in respect of the performance by
them of their duties as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

Transaction of Business by Signature

               20. A resolution in writing signed by all the directors  entitled
to  vote on  that  resolution  at a  meeting  of  directors  or a  committee  of
directors,  is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of  directors or a
committee of directors.

One Director

               21. Where the  Corporation  has only one director,  that director
may constitute a meeting.

Declaration of Interest

               22. Every director or officer of the Corporation  who, is a party
to  a  material  contract  or  transaction  or  proposed  material  contract  or
transaction  with the  Corporation,  or is a director or an officer of, or has a
material  interest  in,  any person  who is a party to a  material  contract  or
transaction or proposed  material  contract or transaction with the Corporation,
shall  disclose in writing to the  Corporation or request to have entered in the
minutes of the meeting of directors the nature and extent of his  interest.  All
such disclosures shall be made at the time required by the applicable provisions
of the Act and  directors  shall  refrain  from  voting in  respect  of any such
contract or transaction unless otherwise permitted by the Act.


                                      E-17
<PAGE>

Avoidance Standards

               23. If a material  contract is made or a material  transaction is
entered  into  between  the  Corporation  and  a  director  or  officer  of  the
Corporation or between the  Corporation and any other person of which a director
or officer  of the  Corporation  is a  director  or officer or in which he has a
material interest, the director or officer is not accountable to the Corporation
or its  shareholders  for any  profit  or gain  realized  from the  contract  or
transaction;  and the contract or  transaction  is neither void or voidable,  by
reason only of that  relationship or by reason only that the director is present
at or is  counted  to  determine  the  presence  of a quorum at the  meeting  of
directors  that  authorized  the  contract or  transaction,  if the  director or
officer  disclosed  his  interest as  hereinbefore  provided and the contract or
transaction  was  reasonable  and fair to the  Corporation at the time it was so
approved.  A  director  or  officer  acting  honestly  and in good  faith is not
accountable  to the  Corporation or to its  shareholders  for any profit or gain
realized from any such contract or transaction by reason only of his holding the
office of  director  or  officer  and the  contract  or  transaction,  if it was
reasonable and fair to the  Corporation  at the time it was approved,  is not by
reason only of the  director's or officer's  interests  therein void or voidable
where,  the  contract  or  transaction  is  confirmed  or  approved  by  special
resolution at a meeting of the  shareholders  duly called for that purpose;  and
the nature and extent of the director's or officer's interest in the contract or
transaction is disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting.

Standard of Care

               24. Every  director and officer of the  Corporation in exercising
his powers and discharging his duties shall, act honestly and in good faith with
a view  to the  best  interests  of the  Corporation;  and  exercise  the  care,
diligence  and  skill  that  a  reasonably  prudent  person  would  exercise  in
comparable  circumstances.  Every director and officer of the Corporation  shall
comply  with the Act,  the  regulations,  articles,  by-laws  and any  unanimous
shareholder agreement.

Indemnity of Directors and Officers

               25. The Corporation shall indemnify the directors and officers of
the Corporation, former directors or officers of the Corporation or a person who
acts or acted at the  Corporation's  request as a director  or officer of a body
corporate of which the  Corporation  is or was a shareholder or creditor and his
heirs and  legal  representatives  against  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,
including  an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment,  reasonably
incurred by him in respect of any civil,  criminal or  administrative  action or
proceeding  to which  he is made a party by  reason  of being or  having  been a
director or officer of the  Corporation  or body corporate and with the approval
of the court in respect of an action by or on behalf of the  Corporation or body
corporate  to  procure a  judgment  in its favour to which he is made a party by
reason of being or having been a director or officer of the  Corporation or body
corporate against all costs,  charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in
connection with such action, if, he acted honestly and in good faith with a view
to the best interests of the Corporation; and in the case of a


                                      E-18
<PAGE>

criminal or  administrative  action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary
penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

Insurance for Directors and Officers

               26. The Corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance for the
benefit of the  directors or officers of the  Corporation,  former  directors or
officers of the  Corporation  or persons  who act or acted at the  Corporation's
request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is
or was a shareholder or creditor and his heirs and legal representatives against
any  liability  incurred by him, in his capacity as a director or officer of the
Corporation,  except where the liability  relates to his failure to act honestly
and in good faith with a view to the best  interests of the  Corporation;  or in
his capacity as a director or officer of another body corporate where he acts or
acted in that capacity at the Corporation's request,  except where the liability
relates to his failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
interests of the body corporate.

Financial Assistance

               27.  The  Corporation  or  any  corporation   with  which  it  is
affiliated,  shall not,  directly or indirectly,  give  financial  assistance by
means of a loan, guarantee or otherwise, to any shareholder,  director,  officer
or employee of the  Corporation or affiliated  corporation or to an associate of
any such  person for any  purpose;  or to any  person  for the  purpose of or in
connection  with a  purchase  of a  share  or a  security  convertible  into  or
exchangeable  for a  share,  issued  or to  be  issued  by  the  Corporation  or
affiliated  Corporation,  where there are reasonable grounds for believing that,
the Corporation is or after giving the financial  assistance  would be unable to
pay  its  liabilities  as  they  become  due;  or the  realizable  value  of the
Corporation's  assets,  excluding the amount of any financial  assistance in the
form of a loan  and in the  form of any  secured  guarantee,  after  giving  the
financial  assistance,  would be less than the  aggregate  of the  Corporation's
liabilities  and  stated  capital  of all  classes.  The  Corporation  may  give
financial assistance by means of a loan,  guarantee or otherwise,  to any person
in the  ordinary  course  of  business  if the  lending  of money is part of the
ordinary  business of the Corporation;  to any person on account of expenditures
incurred  or to be incurred on behalf of the  Corporation;  to its holding  body
corporate if the  Corporation  is a wholly owned  subsidiary of the holding body
corporate; to a subsidiary body corporate of the Corporation; or to employees of
the Corporation or any of its  affiliates,  to enable or assist them to purchase
or erect living accommodation for their own occupation,  or in accordance with a
plan for the purchase of shares of the Corporation or any of its affiliates.

                                    OFFICERS

Appointed Officers

               28.  The  directors  of the  Corporation  may  from  time to time
designate the offices of the Corporation, appoint officers, specify their duties
and,  subject to the Act,  delegate  to them powers to manage the  business  and
affairs of the Corporation. A director


                                      E-19
<PAGE>

may be appointed to any office of the Corporation and two or more offices of the
Corporation  may be  held  by the  same  person.  In the  absence  of a  written
agreement to the contrary, the board of directors may remove at its pleasure any
officer of the  Corporation.  The terms of employment  and  remuneration  of any
officer so  appointed  by it shall be settled  from time to time by the board of
directors.  Unless  otherwise  from  time  to time  specified  by the  board  of
directors the offices of the Corporation,  if so designated, and the officers so
appointed shall have the following duties and powers.

President

               29. The President shall, when present, preside at all meetings of
the  shareholders  and of the board of  directors  and shall be charged with the
general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  Except when
the board of directors has appointed a general manager or managing director, the
President  shall also have the  powers  and be  charged  with the duties of that
office.

               The President shall be appointed from amongst the directors.

Vice-President

               30.  During the absence or inability of the  President his duties
may be performed  and his powers may be exercised by the  Vice-President,  or if
there  are more  than  one,  by the  Vice-President  in order of  seniority  (as
determined by the board of directors) save that no Vice-President  shall preside
at a meeting of the board of  directors or at a meeting of  shareholders  who is
not  qualified  to attend the  meeting as a  director,  as the case may be. If a
Vice-President exercises any such duty or power, the absence or inability of the
President shall be presumed with reference thereto. A Vice-President  shall also
perform such duties and exercise  such powers as the  President may from time to
time delegate to him or the board may prescribe.

General Manager

               31. The  General  Manager,  if one be  appointed,  shall have the
general  management  and  direction,  subject to the  authority  of the board of
directors and supervision of the President,  of the  Corporation's  business and
affairs and the power to appoint and remove any and all officers,  employees and
agents of the Corporation  not appointed  directly by the board of directors and
to settle the terms of their employment and remuneration.  If and so long as the
general  manager  is a  director  he may but need  not be known as the  Managing
Director.

Secretary

               32. The Secretary  shall give, or cause to be given,  all notices
required  to be  given to  shareholders,  directors,  auditors  and  members  of
committees;   he  shall  attend  all  meetings  of  the  directors  and  of  the
shareholders  and  shall  enter or cause to be  entered  in books  kept for that
purpose minutes of all proceedings at such meetings; he shall be the


                                      E-20
<PAGE>

custodian  of the stamp or  mechanical  device  generally  used for affixing the
corporate seal of the Corporation and of all books, papers,  records,  documents
and other  instruments  belonging to the Corporation;  and he shall perform such
other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors.

Treasurer

               33. The Treasurer  shall keep full and accurate  books of account
in which shall be recorded  all receipts and  disbursements  of the  Corporation
and, under the direction of the board of directors, shall control the deposit of
money,  the  safekeeping of securities and the  disbursement of the funds of the
Corporation;  he shall render to the board of directors at the meetings thereof,
or whenever  required of him an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and
of the financial  position of the  Corporation;  and he shall perform such other
duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors.

Other Officers

               34. The duties of all other officers of the Corporation  shall be
such as the  terms  of their  engagement  call  for or the  board  of  directors
requires  of  them.  Any of the  powers  and  duties  of an  officer  to whom an
assistant has been  appointed may be exercised and performed by such  assistant,
unless the board of directors otherwise directs.

Variation of Duties

               35.  From time to time the  board  may vary,  add to or limit the
powers and duties of any officer or officers.

Agents and Attorneys

               36. The board of directors  shall have power from time to time to
appoint  agents or attorneys for the  Corporation  in or out of Canada with such
powers of management or otherwise  (including the power to  sub-delegate) as may
be thought fit.

Fidelity Bonds

               37. The board of directors may require such  officers,  employees
and agents of the  Corporation  as the board of  directors  deems  advisable  to
furnish bonds for the faithful  discharge of their duties, in such form and with
such surety as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

                                     SHARES

Allotment

               38.  The  board  of  directors  may  from  time  to  time  accept
subscriptions  and allot or grant  options to purchase  the whole or any part of
the authorized and unissued shares


                                      E-21
<PAGE>

in the Corporation  including any shares created by an amendment to the articles
of the Corporation to such person or persons or class of persons as the board of
directors shall by resolution determine.

Payment of Commission


               39.  The  directors  may  authorize  the  Corporation  to  pay  a
reasonable  commission  to any  person in  consideration  of his  purchasing  or
agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation  from the Corporation or from any
other  person,  or  procuring  or  agreeing to procure  purchasers  for any such
shares.

Security Certificates

               40. Every security holder  including every  shareholder  shall be
entitled, in the case of initial issuance without payment and in the case of any
subsequent transfer upon payment of a fee of not more than three dollars ($3.00)
to a  security  certificate  in respect  of the  securities  held by him or to a
non-transferable  written  acknowledgement  of his  right to  obtain a  security
certificate from the Corporation in respect of the securities of the Corporation
held by him. Security  certificates  shall be in such form or forms as the board
of directors shall from time to time approve.  Unless  otherwise  ordered by the
board of directors,  they shall be signed by the  President or a  Vice-President
and by the  Secretary  or an  assistant  Secretary  and need  not be  under  the
corporate seal; provided that certificates representing securities in respect of
which a transfer agent and registrar (which term shall include a branch transfer
agent and  registrar) or trustee have been  appointed  shall not be valid unless
countersigned  by or on behalf of such transfer  agent and registrar or trustee.
If authorized by resolution of the board of directors, the corporate seal of the
Corporation and the signature of one of the signing officers,  or in the case of
security  certificates  representing  securities  in respect of which a transfer
agent and  registrar  or trustee have been  appointed,  the  signatures  of both
signing  officers,  may  be  printed,  engraved,   lithographed,   or  otherwise
mechanically  reproduced in facsimile upon security  certificates and every such
facsimile  signature shall for all purposes be deemed to be the signature of the
officer whose  signature it reproduces and shall be valid  notwithstanding  that
one or both of the  officers  whose  signature  (whether  manual  or  facsimile)
appears  thereon no longer  holds office at the date of issue or delivery of the
certificate.

Replacement of Security Certificates

               41. The board of directors  may by resolution  prescribe,  either
generally  or in a  particular  case,  reasonable  conditions  upon  which a new
security  certificate  may be  issued  in lieu of and upon  cancellation  of the
security  certificate  which  has  become  mutilated  or in  substitution  for a
certificate which has been lost, stolen or destroyed.


                                      E-22
<PAGE>

Central and Branch Registers

               42. The Corporation shall maintain a central securities  register
and a central  register of  transfers at its  registered  office or at any other
place in Ontario  designated by the directors and one or more branch  securities
register and register of transfers at such offices of the  Corporation  or other
places either within or outside  Ontario as  designated  by the  directors.  The
board of  directors  may from time to time by  resolution  appoint a  registrar,
trustee or agent to keep the register of security  holders and a transfer agent,
trustee or other agent to keep the register of transfers and may also  designate
from time to time branch  registers of security  holders and branch registers of
transfers. A registrar,  trustee, transfer agent or other agent may but need not
be the same individual or Corporation.

Transfer of Securities

               43.   Transfers  of  securities  of  the  Corporation   shall  be
registrable  on the register of  transfers or on one of the branch  registers of
transfers  (if any)  kept by or for the  Corporation  in  respect  thereof  upon
surrender of the security endorsed by the appropriate  person together with such
reasonable  assurance as the Corporation  shall require and subject to the other
provisions of the Act relating to transfers and the restrictions on transfer set
forth in the articles of the Corporation.

Dealings with Registered Holder

               44. The  Corporation  and any trustee  appointed  in respect of a
security may, subject to the Act, treat the registered holder of a security as a
person  exclusively  entitled  to vote,  to  receive  notices,  to  receive  any
interest,  dividend or other payments in respect of the security,  and otherwise
to  exercise  all the rights and powers of a holder of the  security  and is not
required  to  inquire  into  the  existence  of,  or see to the  performance  or
observance of, any duty owed to a third person by a registered  holder of any of
its securities or by anyone whom it treats, as permitted or required by the Act,
as the owner or registered holder thereof.

Lien on Shares

               45. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the  Corporation  has a
lien  on  a  share  registered  in  the  name  of a  shareholder  or  his  legal
representative  for a debt of that shareholder to the Corporation which lien may
be  realized  by the sale or other  disposition  of such  share or by any  other
method permitted by law.

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

Annual Meetings

               46. The  annual  meeting of  shareholders  shall,  subject to the
articles  and any  unanimous  shareholder  agreement be held at such place in or
outside  Ontario as the  directors  may determine for the purpose of hearing and
receiving the reports and statements


                                      E-23
<PAGE>

required  by the Act to be read and laid before the  shareholders  at any annual
meeting, electing directors,  reappointing,  if necessary, the incumbent auditor
and fixing or  authorizing  the board of directors to fix his  remuneration.  No
other business shall be transacted at an annual meeting of  shareholders  unless
such meeting is also properly constituted as a special meeting of shareholders.

Special Meeting

               47. The  directors  of the  Corporation  may at any time and from
time to time call a special  meeting of  shareholders  of the  Corporation to be
held at such  time and at such  place in or  outside  Ontario  as the  directors
determine.  The phrase  "meeting  of  shareholders"  wherever  it occurs in this
by-law shall mean and include the annual meeting of  shareholders  and a special
meeting of shareholders and shall also include a meeting of any class or classes
of shareholders.

Notices

               48.  No  public  notice  or   advertisement  of  any  meeting  of
shareholders  shall be  required,  but notice of the time and place of each such
meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than fifty (50) days
before the day on which the meeting is to be held,  to the auditor,  if any, the
directors and to each shareholder  entitled to vote at the meeting.  Notice of a
special meeting of shareholders shall state or be accompanied by a statement of,
the  nature  of that  special  business  in  sufficient  detail  to  permit  the
shareholder  to form a reasoned  judgment  thereon;  and the text of any special
resolution or by-law to be submitted to the meeting.  A meeting of  shareholders
may be held at any time without notice if all the shareholders  entitled to vote
thereat are present or  represented by proxy and do not object to the holding of
the meeting or those not present or  represented  by a proxy have waived notice,
if all the directors  are present or have waived  notice and if the auditor,  if
any, is present or has waived notice.

Reports to Shareholders

               49.  Subject to the provisions of the Act a copy of the financial
statements  for the  period  that  began  immediately  after the end of the last
completed  financial  year and  ended not more than six (6)  months  before  the
annual  meeting,  a copy  of the  auditor's  report,  if any,  and  any  further
information respecting the financial position of the Corporation and the results
of its  operations  required  by the  articles,  the  by-laws  or any  unanimous
shareholder  agreement shall be sent to each  shareholder not less than ten (10)
days before each annual meeting of shareholders or before the transaction of the
annual business of the Corporation pursuant to paragraph 62 hereof.

Persons Entitled to be Present

               50. Persons entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders shall be
those entitled to vote thereat,  the auditor,  if any, of the  Corporation,  the
directors  of the  Corporation  and others who although not entitled to vote are
entitled or required under the


                                      E-24
<PAGE>

provisions of the Act or by-laws of the Corporation or any unanimous shareholder
agreement to be present at the meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on
the  invitation  of the  Chairman  of the  meeting  or with the  consent  of the
meeting.

Record Date

               51. The directors may fix in advance a date preceding by not more
than fifty (50) days or by less than  twenty-one (21) days a record date for the
determination of persons entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders
and notice  thereof  shall be given not less than seven (7) days before the date
so fixed by  advertisement  and by notice as provided in the Act. The  directors
may  also  fix in  advance  the  date as the  record  date  for the  purpose  of
determining shareholders, entitled to receive payment of a dividend; entitled to
participate  in a liquidation or  distribution;  or for any other purpose except
the right to receive  notice of or to vote at a meeting  which such  record date
shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days the date on which such particular
action  is to be taken  and  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  as  hereinbefore
provided.

Quorum

               52.  Two  persons  present in person  and each  entitled  to vote
thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting
of shareholders.

Right to Vote

               53. At each meeting of shareholders  every  shareholder  shall be
entitled to vote who is entered on the books of the  Corporation  as a holder of
one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting in accordance with
a  shareholder  list which,  in the case of a record date shall be prepared  not
later  than ten (10) days after such  record  date and where  there is no record
date at the close of business on the day immediately  preceding the day on which
notice is given or where no notice is given on the day on which the  meeting  is
held.  Where a person has  transferred any of his shares after the date on which
the list  hereinbefore  referred to was  prepared  and the  transferee  produces
satisfactory  evidence in  accordance  with the  provisions of the Act not later
than ten (10) days  before  the  meeting  that such  person  owns  shares in the
Corporation such transferee is entitled to vote his shares at the meeting. Where
a share or shares have been mortgaged or hypothecated,  the person who mortgaged
or hypothecated  such share or shares (or his proxy) may nevertheless  represent
the shares at  meetings  and vote in respect  thereof  unless in the  instrument
creating the mortgage or hypothec he has expressly  empowered the holder of such
mortgage or hypothec to vote  thereon,  in which case such holder (or his proxy)
may attend  meetings  to vote in respect of such  shares  upon  filing  with the
Secretary of the meeting sufficient proof of the terms of such instrument.

Representatives

               54.  An   executor,   administrator,   committee  of  a  mentally
incompetent  person,  guardian  or  trustee  and  where  a  Corporation  is such
executor, administrator,


                                      E-25
<PAGE>

committee,  guardian or trustee of a testator,  intestate,  mentally incompetent
person,  ward or cestui que trust,  any person  duly  appointed a proxy for such
corporation,  upon filing with the Secretary of the meeting  sufficient proof of
his appointment,  shall represent the shares in his or its hands at all meetings
of the shareholders of the Corporation and may vote accordingly as a shareholder
in the same manner and to the same extent as the shareholder of record. If there
be more than one executor,  administrator,  committee,  guardian or trustee, the
provisions of paragraph 56 shall apply.

Proxies

               55.  Every   shareholder   entitled  to  vote  at  a  meeting  of
shareholders  may by  means of a proxy  appoint  a proxy  holder  or one or more
alternate proxy holders, who need not be shareholders,  as his nominee to attend
and act at the meeting in manner, to the extent and with the authority conferred
by the  proxy.  The  instrument  appointing  a proxy  shall be  executed  by the
shareholder  or his attorney  authorized in writing or, if the  shareholder is a
body  corporate,  by an officer or attorney  thereof duly  authorized  and shall
cease to be valid after the  expiration of one year from the date  thereof.  The
instrument  appointing a proxy shall comply with the  provisions  of the Act and
regulations  thereto and shall be in such form as the directors may from time to
time  prescribe  or in such other form as the Chairman of the meeting may accept
as sufficient  and shall be deposited  with the Secretary of the meeting  before
any vote is cast under its authority, or at such earlier time and in such manner
as the board or directors may prescribe in accordance with the Act.

Joint Shareholders

               56. Where two or more persons hold shares  jointly,  one of those
holders  present at a meeting of  shareholders  may in the absence of the others
vote the shares,  but if two or more of those persons are present,  in person or
by proxy, they shall vote as one of the shares jointly held by them.

Scrutineers

               57. At each meeting of shareholders  one or more  scrutineers may
be appointed by a resolution  of the meeting or by the Chairman with the consent
of  the  meeting  to  serve  at  the  meeting.  Such  scrutineers  need  not  be
shareholders of the Corporation.

Votes to Govern

               58. At all meetings of shareholders every question shall,  unless
otherwise  required by the articles or by-laws of the Corporation or by the Act,
be decided by the majority of the votes duly cast on the question.

Show of Hands

               59. At all  meetings  of  shareholders  every  question  shall be
decided by a show of hands  unless a poll thereon be required by the Chairman or
be demanded by any


                                      E-26
<PAGE>

shareholder present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote. Upon
a show of hands every  person  present and entitled to vote shall have one vote.
After a show of hands has been taken upon any  question the Chairman may require
or any  shareholder  present in person or  represented  by proxy and entitled to
vote may demand a poll thereon. Whenever a vote by show of hands shall have been
taken upon a  question,  unless a poll  thereon be so required  or  demanded,  a
declaration  by the  Chairman of the meeting that the vote upon the question has
been carried or carried by a particular  majority or not carried and an entry to
that effect in the  minutes of the  proceedings  at the  meeting  shall be prima
facie  evidence of the fact without  proof of the number or  proportions  of the
votes  recorded in favour of or against any  resolution  or other  proceeding in
respect of the said  question,  and the result of the vote so taken shall be the
decision of the  Corporation in annual or special  meeting,  as the case may be,
upon the question. A demand for a poll may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
taking of the poll.

Polls

               60. If a poll be  required  by the  Chairman of the meeting or be
duly demanded by any  shareholder  and the demand be not withdrawn,  a poll upon
the question  shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman of the meeting shall
direct.  Upon a poll each shareholder who is present in person or represented by
proxy  shall be  entitled  to one vote for each  share in respect of which he is
entitled to vote at the meeting and the result of the poll shall be the decision
of the  Corporation in annual or special  meeting,  as the case may be, upon the
question.

Casting Vote

               61.  In  case  of  an   equality  of  votes  at  any  meeting  of
shareholders,  either upon a show of hands or upon a poll,  the  Chairman of the
meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

Adjournment

               62. The  Chairman of the meeting of  shareholders  may,  with the
consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as the meeting may decide,
or where  otherwise  permitted  under the  provisions  of the Act,  adjourn  the
meeting from time to time and from place to place.

Transaction of Business by Signature

               63. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a resolution in writing
signed by all the shareholders  entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting
of  shareholders  is  as  valid  as  if it  had  been  passed  at a  meeting  of
shareholders;  and a resolution in writing dealing with all matters  required by
this Act,  be dealt  with at a meeting  of  shareholders  and  signed by all the
shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting,  satisfies all other requirements
of the Act relating to that meeting of shareholders.


                                      E-27
<PAGE>

One Shareholder

               64. Where the Corporation has only one shareholder,  all business
which  the  Corporation  may  transact  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of
shareholders  shall be  transacted  in the manner  provided  for in paragraph 63
hereof.

Dividends

               65.  The  board  of  directors  may  from  time to  time  declare
dividends  payable to  shareholders  according  to their  respective  rights and
interests  in the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  may pay a dividend by issuing
fully paid shares of the  Corporation or options or rights to acquire fully paid
shares of the  Corporation  and the  Corporation  may pay a dividend in money or
property.  A  dividend  payable  in money  shall be paid by cheque  drawn on the
Corporation's  bankers or one of them to the order of each registered  holder of
shares of the  class in  respect  of which it has been  declared  and  mailed by
ordinary mail,  postage prepaid,  to such registered  holder at his last address
appearing  on the books of the  Corporation.  In the case of joint  holders  the
cheque shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the
order of all such  joint  holders  and if more than one  address  appears on the
books of the  Corporation  in respect of such joint  holding the cheque shall be
mailed  to the  first  address  so  appearing.  The  mailing  of such  cheque as
aforesaid  shall  satisfy and  discharge  all  liability for the dividend to the
extent of the sum represented thereby,  unless such cheque be not paid at par on
due  presentation.  In the event of  non-receipt of any cheques for dividends by
the person to whom it is so sent as aforesaid,  the Corporation on proof of such
non-receipt  and upon  satisfactory  indemnity being given to it, shall issue to
such person a replacement  cheque for a like amount.  Any dividend which remains
unclaimed  after a period of twelve  (12)  years  after the date on which it has
been declared payable shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation.

                                     NOTICES

Method of Giving

               66. Any notice,  communication  or other  document to be given by
the  Corporation  to  a  shareholder,   director,  officer  or  auditor  of  the
Corporation  under any of the  provisions  of the articles or by-laws or the Act
shall be sufficiently  given if sent to such shareholder,  director,  officer or
auditor by prepaid  mail  addressed  to, or may be  delivered  personally  to, a
shareholder  at his last address as shown on the records of the  Corporation  or
its transfer  agent;  and a director,  officer or auditor at his last address as
shown in the records of the  Corporation or in the case of a director or officer
in the  most  recent  notice  filed  under  the  Corporations  Information  Act,
whichever  is the more  current.  A notice or document  sent by prepaid  mail as
hereinbefore  provided  to a  shareholder,  director,  officer or auditor of the
Corporation  shall be deemed to be  received by the  addressee  on the fifth day
after mailing. Where the Corporation sends a notice or document to a shareholder
by prepaid mail as hereinbefore  provided and the notice or document is returned
on three  consecutive  occasions  because the shareholder  cannot be found,  the
Corporation is not required to send any further


                                      E-28
<PAGE>

notices or  documents to the  shareholder  until he informs the  Corporation  in
writing of his new address.

Computation of Time

               67. In  computing  the date when  notice  must be given under any
provision  of the  articles or by-laws  requiring  a  specified  number of days'
notice of any meeting or other event, the date of giving the notice and the date
of the meeting or other event shall be excluded.

Omissions and Errors

               68.  The   accidental   omission   to  give  any  notice  to  any
shareholder,  director,  officer  or  auditor  or any  error in any  notice  not
affecting the substance  thereof  shall not  invalidate  any action taken at any
meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise founded thereon.

Notice to Joint Shareholders

               69. All notices  with  respect to any shares  registered  in more
than  one  name  may if more  than  one  address  appears  on the  books  of the
Corporation  in  respect  of  such  joint  holding,   be  given  to  such  joint
shareholders  at the first  address so  appearing,  and notice so given shall be
sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

Persons Entitled by Death or Operation of Law

               70. Every person who by  operation of law,  transfer,  death of a
shareholder or by any means  whatsoever,  shall become  entitled to any share or
shares,  shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share or shares which
shall have been duly given to the person  from whom he derives his title to such
share or shares,  previously  to his name and address being entered on the books
of the  Corporation  (whether it be before or after the  happening  of the event
upon which he became entitled).

Waiver of Notice

               71.  Where a notice or  document  is  required by the Act, or the
articles or by-laws of the  Corporation  to be sent, the notice may be waived or
the time for  sending  the notice or  document  may be waived or abridged at any
time with the consent in writing of the person entitled thereto.

                                 INTERPRETATION

               72. In this  by-law  and all other  by-laws  of the  Corporation,
words   importing  the  singular  number  only  shall  include  the  plural  and
vice-versa;  words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and
neuter  genders;  words  importing  persons  shall  include  individuals,   sole
proprietorships, partnerships, unincorporated associations,


                                      E-29
<PAGE>

unincorporated syndicates, unincorporated organizations, trusts, body corporates
and natural persons in their capacity as trustees, executors,  administrators or
other legal  representatives;  "resident  Canadian"  means an individual  who is
determined  to be a resident  Canadian as defined by the Act;  "articles"  shall
include  the  original  or  restated  articles  of  incorporation,  articles  of
amendment,  articles  of  amalgamation,  articles  of  continuance,  articles of
reorganization,  articles of arrangement,  articles of dissolution,  articles of
revival  and  any  amendments  thereto;   the  "Act"  shall  mean  the  Business
Corporations  Act,  1982 as  amended  from  time to  time  or any act  that  may
hereafter be substituted therefor.

        PASSED the 21st day of October, 1985.

        WITNESS the corporate seal of the Corporation.


                             /s/ Glen Erikson
                             ----------------------------------
                                    President


                             /s/
                             ----------------------------------c/s
                                    Secretary


                                      E-30
<PAGE>

               BE IT  RESOLVED  THAT  By-Law  Number 1 being a  by-law  relating
generally to the  transaction of the business and affairs of the  Corporation be
and the same is hereby made as a by-law of the Corporation and the President and
the Secretary be and they are hereby  authorized to sign the by-law and to apply
the corporate seal thereto.

               THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  all the  directors  of the  Corporation
hereby sign the foregoing  resolution pursuant to the provisions of the Business
Corporations Act, 1982.

               DATED the 21st day of October, 1985



                                              /s/John Eversley
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     JOHN EVERSLEY



                                              /s/Richard Lachcik
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     RICHARD LACHCIK



                                              /s/Mark Mickleborough
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     MARK MICKLEBOROUGH


               BE IT  RESOLVED  THAT  By-Law  Number 1 being a  by-law  relating
generally to the  transaction of the business and affairs of the  Corporation be
and  the  same  is  hereby  confirmed  without  amendment  as a  by-law  of  the
Corporation.

               THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being all the  shareholders of the Corporation
hereby sign the foregoing  resolution pursuant to the provisions of the Business
Corporations Act, 1982.

        DATED the 21st day of October, 1985


                                              /s/Glen Erikson
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     GLEN ERIKSON


                                                     GYRO CAPITAL, INC. 
                                              ----------------------------------


                                          per:/s/
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     A.S.O.


                                      E-31
<PAGE>

                                 BY-LAW NUMBER 2

                   A BY-LAW RESPECTING THE BORROWING OF MONEY,
         THE ISSUING OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS AND THE SECURING OF LIABILITIES



              BE IT ENACTED and it is hereby enacted as a by-law of

                             MINE LAKE MINERALS INC.

(hereinafter called the "Corporation") as follows:

The directors of the Corporation may from time to time:

        (a)    Borrow money on the credit of the Corporation;
        (b)    Issue,   reissue,   sell  or  pledge  debt   obligations  of  the
               Corporation but no invitation  shall be extended to the public to
               subscribe for any such debt obligations;
        (c)    Subject to the Business  Corporations Act, 1982, give a guarantee
               on  behalf  of  the  Corporation  to  secure  performance  of  an
               obligation of any person;
        (d)    Mortgage,  hypothecate,  pledge or  otherwise  create a  security
               interest  in all or any  property  of the  Corporation,  owned or
               subsequently   acquired,   to  secure  any   obligation   of  the
               Corporation; and
        (e)    Delegate the powers  conferred on the directors under this by-law
               to a director,  a  committee  of  directors  or an officer of the
               Corporation  to such extent and in such  manner as the  directors
               shall by resolution determine.

               PASSED the 21st day of October 1985.

               WITNESS the corporate seal of the Corporation.


                                    /s/Glen Erikson
                                    ----------------------------------
                                            President


                                    /s/
                                    ----------------------------------c/s
                                            Secretary


                                      E-32
<PAGE>

               BE IT  RESOLVED  THAT  By-Law  Number 2 being a  by-law  relating
generally to the borrowing of money by the Corporation be and the same is hereby
made as a by-law of the  Corporation  and the President and the Secretary be and
they are hereby  authorized to sign the by-law and to apply the  corporate  seal
thereto.

               THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  all the  directors  of the  Corporation
hereby sign the foregoing  resolution pursuant to the provisions of the Business
Corporations Act, 1982.

               DATED the 21st day of October, 1985



                                              /s/John Eversley
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     JOHN EVERSLEY



                                              /s/Richard Lachcik
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     RICHARD LACHCIK



                                              /s/Mark Mickleborough
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     MARK MICKLEBOROUGH


               BE IT  RESOLVED  THAT  By-Law  Number 2 being a  by-law  relating
generally to the borrowing of money by the Corporation be and the same is hereby
confirmed without amendment as a by-law of the Corporation.
               THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being all the  shareholders of the Corporation
hereby sign the foregoing  resolution pursuant to the provisions of the Business
Corporations Act, 1982.

        DATED the 21st day of October, 1985


                                             /s/Glen Erikson
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                    GLEN ERIKSON


                                                    GYRO CAPITAL, INC. 
                                             ----------------------------------


                                         per:/s/
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                    A.S.O.


                                      E-33


                                                   Avanticorp International Inc.
                                                     150 York Street, Suite 1206
                                                        Toronto, Ontario M5H-3S5

December 7, 1999

Ataraxia Corp. and
Pageant Technologies Inc.
P.O. Box 267
Providenciales,
Turks & Caicos Islands

Dear Sirs,

         This letter sets out the agreement among Ataraxia Corp. (the "Vendor"),
Pageant Technologies Inc. (the "Corporation") and Avanticorp  International Inc.
(the  "Purchaser")  pursuant  to which  the  Vendor  has  agreed  to sell to the
Purchaser  and the  Purchaser  has agreed to purchase from the Vendor all of the
outstanding shares in the capital of the Corporation as follows:

1.   Subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser  hereby  agrees to purchase from
     the Vendor and the Vendor  hereby  agrees to sell,  assign and transfer and
     cause to be sold,  assigned and  transferred  to the  Purchaser  all of the
     outstanding  shares in the capital stock of the  Corporation  (collectively
     the "Purchased  Shares") legally and beneficially  owned by the Vendor,  in
     exchange for 32.0 million fully paid and  non-assessable  common shares and
     one million common share purchase warrants (the "Warrants")  (collectively,
     the  "Exchanged  Securities").  Each  Warrant  shall  entitle its holder to
     purchase  one common  share of the  Purchaser  for (Cdn.)  $2.00 during the
     first twelve  months and (Cdn.) $2.30 during the second  twelve  months and
     shall expire two years from the date of its issue.  The parties  agree that
     the  Purchaser  shall  on the  Escrow  Closing  Date  issue  the  Exchanged
     Securities  in the names of the persons set forth in Schedule "A" hereto in
     the quantities as set forth  therein.  The parties agree that the Exchanged
     Securities  shall  be  issued  pursuant  to  sub-section  72(1)(j)  of  the
     Securities Act (Ontario) (the "Act").

2.   The  closing  of the  purchase  and  sale  of  the  Purchased  Shares  (the
     "Closing")  will be  completed  in escrow at 11:00 a.m.  on the date hereof
     (the  "Escrow  Closing  Date") at 150 York  Street,  Suite  1206,  Toronto,
     Canada.

3.   Immediately  upon  execution  and delivery of this  agreement,  the parties
     shall hold all closing documents in escrow (the "Escrow") as follows:

     (A)  the parties  hereby direct and authorize the Vendor's  legal  counsel,
          Hugh O'Neil & Company,  Turks & Caicos, (the "Vendor's  Counsel"),  to
          hold the following  documents  (the "Vendor's  Closing  Documents") in
          escrow during the period  commencing on the date hereof to the Release
          Date  (the  "Interim  Period"):  (i)  a  certificate  or  certificates
          representing the Purchased Shares, all duly endorsed


                                      E-34
<PAGE>

          in  transferable  form with all  signatures  guaranteed  by a Canadian
          Chartered Bank or another institution acceptable to the transfer agent
          of the  Corporation;  and  (ii) an  unsigned  legal  opinion  from the
          Vendor's legal counsel in the form annexed hereto as Schedule "B" (the
          "Vendor's Counsel's Opinion");

     (B)  the parties  further agree that the Purchaser shall hold in escrow the
          following  documents (the "Purchaser's  Closing Documents") during the
          Interim  Period:  (i) a certificate or certificates  representing  the
          Exchanged Securities and the date of issuance of said securities shall
          be  post-dated to January 12, 1999 (the  "Release  Date);  and (ii) an
          unsigned legal opinion from the Purchaser's  legal counsel in the form
          annexed hereto as Schedule "C" (the "Purchaser's  Counsel's Opinion");
          and

     (C)  the Purchaser  shall deliver to the Vendor  photostatic  copies of the
          Purchaser's  Closing  Documents  and the Vendor  shall  deliver to the
          Purchaser photostatic copies of the Vendor's Closing Documents.

4.   On the Release  Date,  the parties  hereby  direct the Vendor's  Counsel to
     deliver to the Purchaser the Vendor's Closing Documents which shall include
     a signed copy of the Vendor's  Counsel's  Opinion,  and the Purchaser shall
     deliver  to the Vendor  the  Purchaser's  Closing  Documents,  which  shall
     include a signed copy of the Purchaser's Counsel's Opinion, save and except
     that the certificates  representing the Exchanged Securities that are to be
     issued in the names of Skyfield Ventures Inc. and Magaly Bianchini shall be
     delivered to their respective duly authorized representatives (the "Release
     of  Documents").  The Release of Documents shall take place at 2:00 p.m. on
     the Release Date at the offices of the Purchaser, at 150 York Street, Suite
     1206,  Toronto,  Ontario or at such other place as the parties may mutually
     agree in writing.

5.   The Vendor hereby  covenants,  represents  and warrants to the Purchaser as
     follows  and   acknowledges   that  the   Purchaser   is  relying  on  such
     representations and warranties in connection with the purchase by it of the
     Purchased Shares:

     (a)  Except as  required  by  subsection  5(b)  hereof,  the  Corporation's
          financial statements consisting of a statement of loss and accumulated
          deficit and  statement  of cash flows for the period  ended August 31,
          1998 and a balance sheet as at August 31, 1998 together with the notes
          thereto and the auditors' report thereon (the "Corporation's Financial
          Statements"), a copy whereof being annexed hereto as Schedule "D", are
          true and correct in every  material  respect  and  present  fairly the
          financial   position  of  the  Corporation  as  at  the  date  of  the
          Corporation's  Financial  Statements and the results of its operations
          for the period then ended;

     (b)  The liabilities of the Corporation  described as Convertible loans and
          carried at $563,041 on the balance sheet of the  Corporation  included
          in the Corporation's Financial Statements and all other liabilities of
          the Corporation  save and except those incurred in the ordinary course
          of the Corporation's business will have been


                                      E-35
<PAGE>

          satisfied  and  discharged  on or before the Release  Date without any
          cost or liability to the  Corporation  and the  Corporation's  cash on
          hand will be nil on the Release Date;

     (c)  the  Corporation  owns a fifty per cent (50%) interest in U.S.  Patent
          No.   5,295,097,   EEC  Patent  No.  93918644  and  Japan  Patent  No.
          505547/1944  (Collectively,   the  "Patents"),  copies  of  which  are
          attached  as  Schedule  "E"  hereto,  which are the patents for MAGRAM
          Technology  (as defined  below)  free and clear of all rights,  liens,
          encumbrances,  security interests, mortgages and claims whatsoever and
          the other 50%  interest in the  Patents is owned by  Estancia  Limited
          ("Estancia") a Turks & Caicos corporation;

     (d)  the  Corporation  holds a valid  enforceable  exclusive  license  from
          Estancia, to exclusively develop,  modify,  improve,  sell, distribute
          and exploit the high  performance  memory and memory  intensive  logic
          products and technologies, previously called Hall Effect Ferromagnetic
          Technology  or  HFRAM   Technology  and  now  referred  to  as  MAGRAM
          Technology (herein,  "MAGRAM Technology") (the "Exploitation Rights"),
          subject to a 40% net profit interest payable to Estancia;

     (e)  attached as Schedule "F" to this  agreement,  and as initialled by the
          parties,  is a true  copy of the  agreement  between  Richard  Lienau,
          Estancia  and  the  Corporation  pursuant  to  which  the  Corporation
          purchased the Exploitation Rights;

     (f)  the Vendor has the right and entitlement to sell,  assign and transfer
          the Purchased  Shares to the  Purchaser  pursuant to the terms of this
          agreement  and the  Inventor  has granted all  requisite  consents and
          approvals to the transactions contemplated herein;

     (g)  there will not be any  liabilities,  contingent or  otherwise,  of the
          Corporation not disclosed or reflected in the Corporation's  Financial
          Statements except those incurred in the ordinary course of business of
          the  Corporation  since  the  date  of  the  Corporation's   Financial
          Statements,  and the  Corporation has not and will not have guaranteed
          or agreed to guarantee any debt,  liability or other obligation of any
          person, firm or corporation;

     (h)  on the Release Date, the Vendor shall be the sole legal and beneficial
          holder of the  Purchased  Shares free and clear of any claims,  liens,
          charges or  encumbrances  whatsoever  and there shall be no  contract,
          option or right binding upon the Vendor to sell the  Purchased  Shares
          to any person except for the Purchaser pursuant to this agreement.

6.   The Purchaser  hereby  covenants,  represents and warrants to the Vendor as
     follows and acknowledges that the Vendor is relying on such representations
     and warranties in connection with the sale by it of the Purchased Shares:

     (a)  the Purchaser's financial statements consisting of a statement of loss
          and  accumulated  deficit and  statement  of cash flows for the period
          ended  October  31,  1998 and a balance  sheet as at October  31, 1998
          together with the notes thereto and the auditors'  report thereon (the
          "Purchaser's  Financial  Statements"),  a copy whereof  being  annexed
          hereto as Schedule "G", are true and correct in every


                                      E-36
<PAGE>

          material  respect and  present  fairly the  financial  position of the
          Purchaser as at the date of the Purchaser's  Financial  Statements and
          the results of its operations for the period then ended;

     (b)  the  Purchaser  shall as soon as possible  following the execution and
          delivery  of  this  agreement  deliver  to the  Vendor  a list  of the
          Purchaser's  shareholders  produced and  certified by the  Purchaser's
          transfer agent and registrar,  Equity Transfer  Services Inc., and the
          said list shall confirm the number of outstanding common shares of the
          Purchaser at 3,490,643 as at the date hereof;

     (c)  the  Purchaser  has the right and  entitlement  to issue the Exchanged
          Securities to the Vendor pursuant to the terms of this agreement,  and
          upon their issue as fully paid and non-assessable  securities pursuant
          to the terms hereof,  the holder of the Exchanged  Securities will not
          be required,  under the Act, to hold the Exchanged  Securities for any
          period of time prior to their resale  provided that such resale is not
          a  "distribution"  as  such  term  is  defined  in  clause  (c) of the
          definition of "distribution" in the Act;

     (d)  there will not be any  liabilities,  contingent or  otherwise,  of the
          Purchaser  not  disclosed or reflected  in the  Purchaser's  Financial
          Statements except those incurred in the ordinary course of business of
          the  Purchaser  and  those  required  to  complete  the   transactions
          contemplated  herein  since  the  date  of the  Purchaser's  Financial
          Statements,  and the Purchaser has not and will not have guaranteed or
          agreed to guarantee  any debt,  liability or other  obligation  of any
          person, firm or corporation;

     (e)  the Purchaser undertakes and agrees to comply with all applicable laws
          and the rules and regulations of any securities  regulatory  authority
          governing the issuance of the Exchanged Securities;

     (f)  the  Purchaser  is not aware of any  material  pending  or  threatened
          investigations or actions by environmental  regulatory  authorities in
          connection  with  any of its  properties  or  assets  or any  material
          pending or threatened  claims relating to environmental  conditions of
          its properties or assets; and

     (g)  there are no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or  inquiries  pending or
          threatened  against or affecting  the Purchaser at law or before or by
          any federal,  provincial,  municipal or other governmental department,
          commission, board, bureau or agency, domestic or foreign, which may in
          any way  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  Purchaser  including
          without limitation before or by any securities regulatory authority.

7.   The  covenants,  representations  and  warranties of the parties  contained
     herein shall survive the closing of the  transactions  contemplated  herein
     for a period of two years following the Release Date.


                                      E-37
<PAGE>

8.   (a)  Subject  to  section  7,  should  there  be a  breach  of  any  of the
          representations  and warranties  contained in sections 5 and 6 of this
          agreement  at any time after the Release  Date by a party  hereto (the
          "Party in Breach"), then the other party (the "Notifying Party") shall
          send  written  notice of such  breach (the  "Notice")  to the Party in
          Breach at the address set forth at the  beginning  of this  agreement.
          The Party in Breach  shall be entitled to 60 days from the date of the
          Notice to  rectify  or cure the  breach  which is the  subject  of the
          Notice.  In the event that the breach has not been  rectified or cured
          within 60 days of the date of the Notice,  then any continuing dispute
          shall  be  referred  for  arbitration  to a  single  arbitrator  to be
          appointed by the parties.

     (b)  Any party may refer any such matter to  arbitration  by written notice
          to the other ("Arbitration Notice") and, within ten days after receipt
          of the Arbitration  Notice,  the parties will agree on the appointment
          of an  arbitrator,  who shall be  capable  of  commencing  arbitration
          within 21 days of his  appointment.  No person will be appointed as an
          arbitrator unless such person agrees in writing to act.

     (c)  If the  parties  cannot  agree on a single  arbitrator  as provided in
          clause (b), or if the person  appointed is unwilling or unable to act,
          any party may  request  the court to  appoint a single  arbitrator  in
          accordance with the Arbitrations Act of the Province of Ontario.

9.   This  agreement  may not be assigned by any party hereto  without the prior
     written consent of the other party.

10.  This  agreement  constitutes  the whole  agreement  among the parties  with
     respect to the  matters  set out  herein and annuls all prior  discussions,
     understandings and agreements relating thereto and may not be varied except
     in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

11.  The validity,  performance  and  interpretation  of this agreement shall be
     governed  by the laws of the  Province  of Ontario  as a contract  made and
     wholly  to be  performed  within  the said  Province.  The  parties  hereto
     irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of Ontario courts for this
     purpose.

12.  This  agreement  shall  enure to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon the
     parties  hereto  and  their  respective  legal  personal   representatives,
     successors and permitted assigns.

13.  This agreement may be signed by the parties in separate counterparts,  each
     of which  may be fax copy,  and all of the  counterparts  so  signed  shall
     together form one and the same instrument.


                                      E-38
<PAGE>

         If you are in  agreement  with the  foregoing,  please sign one copy of
this letter in the place  indicated  below and return it to the  Vendor,  at the
address set forth at the head of this letter at your earliest convenience.

                                          Yours very truly,

                                          AVANTICORP INTERNATIONAL INC.


                                          Per: /s/ Ross McGroarty
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 Name: Ross McGroarty
                                                 Title: President


                                          Per: /s/ Sam Fuda
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 Name: Sam Fuda
                                                 Title:


                                          The foregoing is hereby agreed to be
                                          ATARAXIA     CORP.    AND    PAGEANT
                                          TECHNOLOGIES  INC.,  this 7th day of
                                          December, 1998.

                                          ATARAXIA CORP.


                                          Per: /s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 Name: Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                                 Title:  Director of the Company


                                          PAGEANT TECHNOLOGIES INC.


                                          Per: /s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                              --------------------------------
                                                 Name: Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                                 Title: Director of the Company


                                      E-39
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "A"
           to the letter agreement among Avanticorp International Inc.
                and Ataraxia Corp. and Pageant Technologies Inc.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=====================================================================================================
    Name and Address of Person              Number and Type of               Denominations of
         to whom Exchanged              Exchanged Securities to be         Exchanged Securities
    Securities are to be Issued                   Issued                       to be Issued

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                <C>
Ataraxia Corp.                       16.6 million common shares            100 x 100,000
P.O. Box 267                                                               132 x 50,000
Providenciales,
Turks & Caicos Islands
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Skyfield Ventures                    3.4 million common shares             1 x 3,400,000
C/o Intel Trust
Corso Elvezia
4 P.O. Box 2717
Lugano, Switzerland
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Magaly Bianchini                     100,000 common shares                 1 x 100,000
13280 - 7th Concession
King City, Ontario L7B-1K4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deux Basil Inc.                      2.9 million common shares             1 x 2,900,000
C/o Hugh O'Neill & Co.
B.C.M. Cape Building
Leeward Highway,
Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Millcreek Limited                    2.7 million common shares             1 x 2,700,000
C/o International Company
Services (BVI) Limited
Road Town, Tortola, BVI
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thorblaujep Inc.                     3,466,587 common shares               1 x 3,466,587
C/o Hugh O'Neill & Co.
B.C.M. Cape Building
Leeward Highway,
Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sterling 1850 Ltd.                   2,833,413 common shares               1 x 2,833,413
C/o Hugh O'Neill & Co.               1,000,000 warrants                    1 x 1,000,000
B.C.M. Cape Building
Leeward Highway,
Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands
=====================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                      E-40


                                  CONFIRMATORY
                            ASSIGNMENT OF U.S. PATENT
                           AND CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN
                            AND JAPANESE APPLICATIONS


U.S. PATENT NO.           ISSUE DATE            TITLE OF THE INVENTION
- ---------------           ----------            ----------------------

5,295,097                 March 15, 1994        Nonvolatile Random Access Memory

            ASSIGNOR                          ASSIGNEE

NAME:       Richard Lienau                    NAME:      Estancia Limited

ENTITY:     An Individual                     TITLE:     a Turks & Caicos 
                                                         corporation

ADDRESS:    HC70 Box 19Z                      ADDRESS:   P.M.B. 2
                                                         Providenciales
            Pecos, NM  87552                             Turks & Caicos Islands
                                                         British West Indies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            In consideration of the sum of one-hundred  dollars  ($100.00),  and
other  good  and  valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged,  said Assignor as sole owner of the  above-identified  U.S. Patent
and  correspondence  European  application  93918644.1 and Japanese  application
505547/1994  does confirm the transfer  unto said  Assignee of his entire right,
title and interest in and to said U.S.  Patent and said  corresponding  European
and Japanese Applications.

            Executed this 18th day of Nov. in the year 1997 at Pecos, New Mexico
87552


                          /s/_________________________________________________
                          Signature of Assignor (or of authorized signatory if
                          Assignor is a corporation, partnership or association)


State of New Mexico
County of San Miguel

Before me personally  appeared  Richard  Lienau who  acknowledged  the foregoing
instrument  to be a free act and deed  and  also  represented  that he or she is
authorized to execute the same this 18th day of November, in the year 1997.


                          /s/_________________________________________________
                          (Notary Public)


                                      E-41
<PAGE>

                                  PATENTS ONLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            To the Honorable Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks:
         Please record the attached original documents or copy thereof
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Name of conveying party(ies):                 
    Richard Lienau
    HC70 Box 19Z
    Pecos, NM 87552                               
                                                  

Additional name(s) of conveying party(ies) |_| Yes |X| No
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.  Name and address of receiving party(ies):
                                             
    Name:    Estancia Limited                
                                             
    Internal Address:

    Street Address:  P.M.B. 2, Providenciales

    Turks & Caicos Islands,

    City:  British West Indies      State:                 ZIP:

    Additional name(s) & address(es) attached?  |_| Yes |X| No
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.  Nature of conveyance:

    |X|  Assignment       |_| Merger

    |_| Security Agreement|_| Change of Name

    |_| Other
    Execution Date:  November 18, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Application number(s) or registration number(s):
   If this document is being filed together with a new application, the 
   execution date of the application is 

A. Patent Application No.(s)                      B. Patent No.(s)

                                                  U.S. Patent
                                                  5,295,097



                   Additional numbers attached? |_| Yes |X| No
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


5.  Name and address of party to whom
    correspondence concerning document should be
    mailed:
    Name:  ARTHUR FREILICH
           ---------------

    Internal Address: FREILICH, HORNBAKER & ROSEN
 
    _____________________________________________

    _____________________________________________

    Street Address: SUITE 840

    10960 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

    City: LOS ANGELES        State: CA       ZIP: 90024
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. total number of applications and patents involved: 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Total fee (37 CFR 3.41) ....................................... $40.00

   |_|  Enclosed

   |X| Authorized to be charged to deposit account
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Deposit account number:

   06-1985

                              DO NOT USE THIS SPACE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.  Statement and signature.
    To the best of my knowledge and belief,  the foregoing  information  is true
    and correct and any attached copy is a true copy of the original document.

ARTHUR FREILICH                /s/ Arthur Freilich          November 21, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name of Person Signing               Signature                Date
    Total number of pages including cover sheet, attachments, and document: 2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                      E-42



                                  CONFIRMATORY
                            ASSIGNMENT OF U.S. PATENT
                           AND CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN
                            AND JAPANESE APPLICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>                   <C>    

U.S. PATENT NO.                     ISSUE DATE            TITLE OF THE INVENTION
- ---------------                     ----------            ----------------------

5,295,087                           March 15, 1994               Nonvolatile Random Access Memory

               ASSIGNOR                                                 ASSIGNEE
               --------                                                 --------

NAME:          Estancia Limited                           NAME:         Ataraxia Corp.                   
               ---------------------------------                        ------------------------------

ENTITY:        a Turks & Caicos corporation               ENTITY:       a Turks & Caicos corporation  
               ---------------------------------                        ------------------------------

ADDRESS:       P.M.B. 2                                   ADDRESS:      P.O. Box 267                     
               ---------------------------------                        ------------------------------
               Providenciales                                           Leeward Highway                
               Turks & Caicos Islands                                   Providenciales                     
               British West Indies                                      Turks & Caicos Islands          
                                                                        British West Indies               

</TABLE>


        In consideration of the sum of one-hundred dollars ($100.00),  and other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt which is hereby acknowledged, said
Assignor as sole owner of the  above-identified  U.S. Patent responding European
application  93918644.1  and Japanese  application  505547/199  does confirm the
transfer unto said Assignee of an undivided  fifty percent (50%) interest in and
to said U.S. Patent and said corresponding  European and Japanese  Applications,
nontransferable by Assignee except to Pageant  Technologies,  Incorporated,  and
subject to the terms and conditions  defined in related  agreements  between the
parties.

        Executed this 19th day of November,  in the year 1997 at Providenciales,
Turks & Caicos Islands

For and on behalf of
Avatar Corporation                  By:  /s/
Limited (as Director of                  ---------------------------------------
Estancia Limited                         Signature of Assignor (or of authorized
                                         signatory if Assignor is a corporation,
                                         partnership or association)


State of
County of

Before me personally appeared
who  acknowledged  the foregoing to be a free act and deed and also  represented
that he or she is authorized to exercise the same this 19th day of November,  in
the year 1997.


                                          /s/
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                              Notary Public




                                      E-43


                                  CONFIRMATORY
                            ASSIGNMENT OF U.S. PATENT
                           AND CORRESPONDING EUROPEAN
                            AND JAPANESE APPLICATIONS


U.S. PATENT NO.          ISSUE DATE            TITLE OF THE INVENTION
- ---------------          ----------            ----------------------

5,295,097                March 15, 1994        Nonvolatile Random Access Memory

        ASSIGNOR                                       ASSIGNEE
        --------                                       --------

NAME:       Ataraxia Corp.                      NAME:  Pageant Technologies
                                                       Incorporated

ENTITY:     a Turks & Caicos corporation        ENTITY:   a Turks & Caicos 
                                                          corporation
ADDRESS:    P.O. Box 267                        ADDRESS:  P.O. Box 267
            Leeward Highway                               Leeward Highway
            Providenciales                                Providenciales
            Turks & Caicos Island                         Turks & Caicos Island
            British West Indies                           British West Indies


         In consideration of the sum of one-hundred dollars ($100.00), and other
good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,
said  Assignor as owner of an  undivided  fifty  percent  (50%)  nontransferable
interest  in  the  above-identified  U.S.  Patent  and  correspondence  European
application  93918644.1 and Japanese  application  505547/1994  does confirm the
transfer unto said Assignee of its undivided fifty percent (50%) nontransferable
interest in and to said U.S. Patent and said corresponding European and Japanese
Applications  subject to the terms and conditions  defined in related agreements
between the parties.

         Executed  this  19th day of Nov.  in the year  1997 at  Providenciales,
Turks & Caicos


                         /s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                         -----------------------------------------------------
                             Director of the Company
                         Signature of Assignor (or of authorized signatory if
                         Assignor is a corporation, partnership or association)


Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Is.

Before me  personally  appeared  Dale M. Peters who  acknowledged  the foregoing
instrument  to be a free act and deed  and  also  represented  that he or she is
authorized to execute the same this 19th day of November, the year 1997.


                         /s/
                         ----------------------
                         Notary Public


                                      E-44
<PAGE>

                                  PATENTS ONLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            To the Honorable Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks:
          Please record the attached original documents or copy thereof
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Name of conveying party(ies):                 
    Ataraxia Corp.
    P.O. Box 267, Leeward Highway                 
    Providenciales,                               
    Turks & Caicos Islands                        
    British West Indies                           
                                                  

Additional name(s) of conveying party(ies) |_| Yes |X| No

2.  Name and address of receiving party(ies):          
                                                       
    Name:    Pageant Technologies Incorporated         
                                                       
    Internal Address: _______________________________  
    _________________________________________________  
    _________________________________________________  

    Street Address:  P.O. Box 267, Leeward Highway

    Providenciales, Turks & Caicos Islands

    City:  British West Indies      State:                 ZIP:

    Additional name(s) & address(es) attached?  |_| Yes |X| No


3.  Nature of conveyance:

    |X|  Assignment       |_| Merger
                                                      
    |_| Security Agreement|_| Change of Name

    |_| Other
    Execution Date:  November 19, 1997

4.  Application number(s) or registration number(s):

    If this document is being filed together with a new application, the 
    execution date of the application is ______________

A. Patent Application No.(s)                      B. Patent No.(s)

                                                  U.S. Patent
                                                  5,295,097

                   Additional numbers attached? |_| Yes |X| No

5.  Name and address of party to whom
    correspondence concerning document should be
    mailed:
    Name:  ARTHUR FREILICH
           ---------------

    Internal Address: FREILICH, HORNBAKER & ROSEN

    Street Address: SUITE 840

    10960 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

    City: LOS ANGELES        State: CA       ZIP: 90024

6. total number of applications and patents involved:  1

7. Total fee (37 CFR 3.41) ....................................... $40.00

|_|  Enclosed

|X| Authorized to be charged to deposit account

8. Deposit account number:

   06-1985
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              DO NOT USE THIS SPACE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Statement and signature.
     To the best of my knowledge and belief,  the foregoing  information is true
    and correct and any attached copy is a true copy of the original document.

ARTHUR FREILICH                /s/ Arthur Freilich            November 21, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name of Person Signing                Signature              Date
    Total number of pages including cover sheet, attachments, and document: 2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                      E-45



                                  SCHEDULE "A'
                                  ------------


                                 ATARAXIA CORP.
                                  P.O. Box 267
                              B.C.M. Cape Building
                                 Leeward Highway
                               The Turks of Caicos


September 17, 1997

Richard M. Lienau
Pecos, New Mexico  87552

Estancia Limited
P.M.B. 2
Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands
British West Indies

Dear Sir:

            Re:    Joint Ownership & Exclusive License Rights to Certain Patents
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

               Further to our  earlier  discussions  and the Heads of  Agreement
dated June 17, 1997, we provide the following by way of summary of the principal
terms and conditions we would be prepared to acquire,  and you would be prepared
to grant,  joint ownership and an exclusive  license right to Ataraxia Corp. and
or its wholly owned subsidiary Pageant Technology, Inc. (together "Ataraxia") to
jointly develop, as well as manufacture and sell the related products associated
with the invention entitled the Hall Effect  Ferromagnetic  Random Access Memory
technology (the "HFRAM Technology").

               1.     Patents.  Ataraxia will acquire the joint ownership and 
exclusive world wide licensing  rights  (together the "Territory") the following
patents:

                      a.     US Patent File No. 5295097
                      b.     EEC Patent File No. 939186441
                      c.     Japan Patent File No. 505547/1994

                             (together the "Patents".)

               2. Joint Ownership and Maintenance of Patents.  Estancia  Limited
will and will cause Richard Lienau (Mr. Lienau  personally and or jointly acting
under the  business  name  NVTECH) to patent,  register,  copyright or otherwise
protect to the extent  commercially  feasible,  the HFRAM technology selected by
Ataraxia for transfer to joint  ownership.  Estancia  Limited will cause Richard
Lienau to transfer a nontransferable undivided one-half joint ownership interest
in such  technology  and related  patents to Ataraxia.  Ataraxia  agrees it will
transfer its ownership to Estancia Limited in the event of a material default of
the agreement between the parties by Ataraxia which is not cured within a


                                      E-46
<PAGE>

reasonable  time.   Ataraxia  will  finance  future  patent  costs  for  further
considerations.  Inventor(s)  will always be given full credit for the  patents,
but all rights shall be jointly owned by Ataraxia and Estancia Limited.

               3.  Power to Grant  Rights  and  Validity  of  Patents.  Estancia
Limited will and will cause  Richard  Lienau to patent,  register,  copyright or
otherwise protect to the extent the commercially  feasible, the HFRAM technology
selected  by Ataraxia to transfer  to joint  ownership.  Estancia  Limited  will
demonstrate  to Ataraxia  that Estancia  Limited has all necessary  ownership or
other rights in such technology to enter into the  transactions  contemplated in
this letter agreement. Estancia Limited will also warrant that the technologies,
systems,   etc.   provided  to  Ataraxia  are   original   works  and  were  not
misappropriated  from  others.  Estancia  Limited  will  or  will  cause  to  be
transferred  an ownership  interest in such  technology  and related  patents to
Ataraxia.  Ataraxia will finance future patent costs for further considerations.
The  parties  agree the  inventor(s)  will  always be given full  credit for the
patents, but all rights will be jointly owned by Estancia Limited and Ataraxia.

               4.     Obligations of Estancia Limited:

               a.     New  Inventions:  Estancia  Limited  will and  will  cause
                      Richard  Lienau  to  grant  to  Ataraxia  a right of first
                      refusal  to  acquire  rights  in  respect  of  any  patent
                      improvements or new technology or application developed or
                      under the control of the Estancia Limited Corp. or Richard
                      Lienau relating to any invention, technology,  application
                      or product which may  reasonably be regarded as similar to
                      or competitive with the Products.

               b.     Technical and Marketing  Support.  Estancia Limited agrees
                      to   provide   Ataraxia   with  all   information/training
                      reasonably  necessary  for it to  market  the  technology.
                      Estancia  Limited will serve as advisors to Ataraxia at no
                      cost  to   Ataraxia,   in  regards   to   license/contract
                      negotiation,  marketing and personal hiring, as reasonably
                      deemed necessary by Ataraxia.

               c.     Consulting  Services.  Estancia Limited will cause Richard
                      Lienau to serve as a  consultant  to Ataraxia for a fee of
                      no more than US$ 125 per man-hour plus reasonable expenses
                      to include evaluating other  technologies,  developing new
                      applications   and/or  systems   whether  HFRAM  or  other
                      technologies.  Additionally, Estancia Limited will provide
                      such  services to such  customers  of Ataraxia as Ataraxia
                      may  reasonably  request  at the same  rate.  If  Estancia
                      Limited contracts  directly with customers of Ataraxia for
                      such services,  Estancia Limited shall pay to Ataraxia 40%
                      of the gross  profit less  agreed to  expenses  related to
                      such contracts.

               5.     Obligations of Ataraxia

               a.     Initial &  Subsequent  Payment.  The  parties  acknowledge
                      Ataraxia  provided  Estancia Limited with US$ 3,000 at the
                      signing  of the  original  heads  of  agreement.  Ataraxia
                      agrees to provide  Estancia Limited with an additional sum
                      of CD$ 20,000 on or shortly after Ataraxia entering



                                      E-47
<PAGE>

                        into an agreement with a listed public  company  related
                        to the  technology.  The CD$ 20,000  will be  satisfied,
                        subject to regulatory  approval,  by the reservation and
                        issuance  of free  trading  shares in the listed  public
                        company.  The exact number of shares will be  determined
                        by dividing the value of the shares of the listed public
                        company into CD$ 20,000.

                b.      Financing of  Development  and  Manufacturing.  Ataraxia
                        will   provide   funding   deemed   necessary   and   as
                        commercially   feasible   to   support   the   prototype
                        development  by the  University  of  Utah  of the  HFRAM
                        technology as necessary to test, manufacture,  document,
                        or   otherwise   take  the  HFRAM   technology   to  the
                        marketplace.  Additionally, Ataraxia will be responsible
                        for all  marketing,  sales and licensing of the selected
                        technology.

                c.      Royalty. Ataraxia will pay Estancia Limited a royalty of
                        40% of gross profit (less those  expenses  agreed by the
                        parties)  for  each  HFRAM  license  sold  or  otherwise
                        transferred by Estancia Limited. Additionally,  Ataraxia
                        will pay  Estancia  Limited 40% of any per unit  royalty
                        received by Ataraxia less properly documented reasonable
                        expenses  directly  related  to the  obtaining  of  said
                        royalties and as agreed to by the parties in writing.

                d.      Other Payments.  Ataraxia will pay Estancia  Limited 40%
                        of any other revenues (less those expenses agreed by the
                        parties) of  Ataraxia  related to the grant of rights or
                        use  of  the  HFRAM  technology  by  Estancia   Limited,
                        exclusive of  participation  of Estancia  Limited in the
                        contract.

        6.      Formal Agreement.

        a.      Terms of Formal  Agreement:  The  parties  agree to enter into a
                formal  agreement  with one  another  within six months from the
                date of this Agreement which will:

                i.      reflect the provisions set forth herein and the Heads of
                        Agreement attached as Appendix One;

                ii.     set out the  minimum  performance  requirements  of each
                        party; and

                iii.    such other  provisions  as are  customary in a licensing
                        arrangement of the character contemplated hereby and are
                        reasonably acceptable to Ataraxia and Estancia Limited.

        b.      Agreement is Binding:  Until superceded by the formal agreement,
                this Agreement will remain binding and in full force and effect.

        c.      Purpose of Agreement:  Estancia Limited and Richard Lienau agree
                that the purpose of this and the formal  agreement  is to tie-up
                and  exhaust  the entire  rights  held by  Estancia  Limited and
                Richard  Lienau in the Patents during the term of this Agreement
                and  any  formal  agreement  entered  into  by the  parties.  In
                addition to a formal  license  agreement,  the parties  agree to
                enter into all other supporting  documents  necessary to fulfill
                this intent.


                                      E-48
<PAGE>

        d.      Compensation on Termination: Estancia Limited agrees that if the
                relationship  of  the  parties  is  terminated  it  will  pay to
                Ataraxia all costs properly  incurred by Ataraxia to develop the
                prototype,  test,  manufacture,  document, or otherwise take the
                HFRAM technology to the marketplace.

               7. Sale of Rights to Third Parties.  If Ataraxia sells the rights
to the HFRAM  Technology  to a third party not owned or  controlled by Ataraxia,
Ataraxia will pay Estancia  Limited 50% of the proceeds  from such  transaction.
Estancia  Limited  will not be  obligated to provide to the third party the same
concessions, prices and services as to Ataraxia. If there is any dispute between
Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited as to the  fairness  or value of a third  party
contract   either   Ataraxia  or  Estancia   Limited  may  request   independent
arbitration.

               8. New  Ventures.  Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited  agree that a
separate  agreement  will  cover  the  parties  or their  respective  affiliates
arrangement  with respect to the design of a new computer  system and  operating
software  based on the HFRAM  technology.  Estancia  Limited  or its  designated
affiliate  will be given a 15%  ownership of the  organization.  Any transfer of
HFRAM products from licensee within the contemplation of section 5 above to such
separate  organization  shall not in any way reduce or off-set  license  fees or
royalties contemplated by such section 5.

               9.  Information.  Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited  agree to make
available to each other  information  necessary for either party to verify sales
or other pertinent costs and equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protest
the  confidentiality of the confidential  and/or proprietary  information of the
other  party,  and to use such  information  only as  provided  in the  business
agreement.

               10.  Use  of  Trademarks.   Neither  party  shall  publish,  make
reference to, or otherwise use or designate the trademarks or trade names of the
other  party in  connection  with  activities  contemplated  hereby  without the
written consent of such other party.

               11.  Material  Default.  In the  event of a default  under  these
provisions  of the  agreement,  specific  therein,  to  constitute  a  "material
default":

               a.     By  Ataraxia,   all  right,  title  and  interest  in  the
                      technology  and  related   intellectual   property  rights
                      transferred to Ataraxia  under the agreement  shall revert
                      back to Estancia Limited; or

               b.     By Estancia Limited, Ataraxia shall have the right to cure
                      or cause a third party to cure such  material  default and
                      deduct the cost  thereof  from the amounts due to Estancia
                      Limited pursuant to sections 4 and 5 above.

               12.  Confidentiality.  Each party agrees to keep confidential and
not disclose,  directly or  indirectly,  any  information  concerning  the HFRAM
Technology or other parties business (except to the extent that such information
is available  to the general  public) or any other  information  which the other
party designates as confidential, including the contents of this agreement.


                                      E-49
<PAGE>

               13. Governing Law and Arbitration.  All disputes,  controversy or
claims  arising out of or in  connection  with or in  relation to the  contract,
including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, will be
governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the United  States
related  to  intellectual  property  and the  domestic  laws of the State of New
Mexico; under this agreement. The parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction
of  such  courts  to  finally  adjudicate  or  determine  any  suit,  action  or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this agreement.

               14.    General Terms:

               a.     This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement  between
                      the parties or any of them and supersedes and replaces all
                      previous oral or written agreements.  Specifically,  where
                      any term of the  signed  Heads of  Agreement  attached  as
                      Appendix One conflicts  with the terms of this  Agreement,
                      the terms of this Agreement apply.

               b.     This  Agreement  may be amended  only by an  agreement  in
                      writing executed by all the parties to the Agreement.

               c. This Agreement may be executed in counterpart and by fax.

               If you find the  foregoing  to be  acceptable,  please  advise by
dating,  signing and  returning  two copies of this letter and on our receipt of
these,  we will  instruct  our  counsel to prepare a formal  agreement  for your
review and  consideration.  This formal  agreement will follow and will be along
the lines of Appendix One attached.

Yours very truly,

ATARAXIA CORP.

/s/  Hibernian Directors Ltd.
     Director of the Company
     -----------------------
Hibernian Directors Ltd.


- -----------------------------------------------------------

        AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED this 25 day of September 1997.

ESTANCIA LIMITED                                       RICHARD LIENAU


  /s/                                                  /s/ Richard Lienau   
- ---------------------                                  ------------------------
Authorized Signatory
AVATAR CORPORATION LIMITED
(DIRECTOR OF ESTANCIA LIMITED)

                                      E-50
<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX ONE

                                     Part I

                               HEADS OF AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


ATARAXIA  CORP.,  a Turk & Caicos  corporation  hereafter  known  as  "ATARAXIA"
purposes to NVTECH the following:

1. NVTECH  agrees to patent,  register,  copyright or  otherwise  protest to the
extent  commercially  feasible,  the HFRAM  technology  selected by ATARAXIA for
transfer to joint ownership. NVTECH will demonstrate to ATARAXIA that NVTECH has
all the necessary ownership or other rights in such technology to enter into the
transactions   contemplated   hereby.   NVTECH  will  also   warrant   that  the
technologies,  systems, etc. provided to ATARAXIA are original works and are not
misappropriated from others.  NVTECH will transfer a joint ownership interest in
such technology and related patents to ATARAXIA.

2. ATARAXIA  intents to set up a separate  organization to design a new computer
system and  operating  software  based on the HFRAM  technology.  NVTECH will be
given 15% ownership of said organization.  Any transfer of HFRAM products from a
licensee  within  the  contemplation  of  paragraph  3 below  to  such  separate
organization  shall not in any way reduce or off-set  license  fees or royalties
contemplated by agreement dated 17 June 1997.

3.  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH a  royalty  of 40% of gross  profit  (less  those
expenses  agreed  by the  parties)  for each  HFRAM  license  sold or  otherwise
transferred by ATARAXIA.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will pay NVTECH 40% of any per
unit royalty received by ATARAXIA less properly  documented  reasonable expenses
directly related to the obtaining of said royalties.

4.  ATARAXIA  and  NVTECH  agree to make  available  to each  other  information
necessary  for  either  party to  verify  sales or other  pertinent  costs,  and
equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protect the  confidentiality  of the
confidential and/or proprietary  information of the other party, and to use such
information only as provided in the business agreement.

5. Neither party shall publish, make reference to, or otherwise use or designate
the trademarks or trade names of the other party in connection  with  activities
contemplated hereby without the written consent of such other party.

6. Neither party,  without the express  consent of all other party shall divulge
the  contents  of this  agreement  or the names of the  principles  of the other
party.

ENTERED INTO AND AGREED TO THIS 17th DAY OF JUNE 1997

NVTECH                                             ATARAXIA CORP.

                                                   /s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
 /s/ Richard Lienau                                    Director of the Company
 ------------------                                    -----------------------
By: Richard Lienau                                 By: Hibernian Directors Ltd.


                                      E-51
<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX ONE

                                     Part II
                                     -------

                               HEADS OF AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


ATARAXIA  CORP.,  a Turks & Caicos  corporation  hereafter  known as "ATARAXIA",
purposes to NVTECH the following:

1. NVTECH  agrees to patent,  register,  copyright or  otherwise  protect to the
extent  commercially  feasible,  the HFRAM  technology  selected by ATARAXIA for
transfer to joint ownership. NVTECH will demonstrate to ATARAXIA that NVTECH has
all the necessary ownership or other rights in such technology to enter into the
transactions   contemplated   hereby.   NVTECH  will  also   warrant   that  the
technologies, systems, etc. provided to ATARAXIA are original works and were not
misappropriated from others.  NVTECH will transfer a joint ownership increase in
such technology and related patents to ATARAXIA.

2.  ATARAXIA  will  finance  future  patent  costs for  further  considerations.
Inventor(s)  will  always be given full credit for the  patents,  but all rights
shall be jointly owned by ATARAXIA and NVTECH.

3. NVTECH agrees that rights to offer HFRAM  applications and other technologies
developed  by NVTECH  will be offered to  ATARAXIA  on a first  right of refusal
basis.

4.  NVTECH  will  provide  ATARAXIA  with  all  information/training  reasonably
necessary  for it to market the  technology.  NVTECH  will serve as  advisors to
ATARAXIA  at no cost to  ATARAXIA,  in regards to  license/contact  negotiation,
marketing and personnel hiring, as reasonably deemed necessary by ATARAXIA.

5. ATARAXIA will provide all funding necessary to test,  manufacture,  document,
or otherwise make the HFRAM technology marketable.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will
be  responsible  for  all  marketing,  sales,  and  licensing  of  the  selected
technology.

6. NVTECH will serve as a consultant  to ATARAXIA for a fee of no more than $125
per man-hour plus reasonable  expenses to include evaluating other technologies,
developing new applications and or systems whether HFRAM or other  technologies.
Additionally, NVTECH will provide such services to such customers of ATARAXIA as
ATARAXIA may reasonably  request at the same rate. If NVTECH contracts  directly
with customers of ATARAXIA for such  services,  NVTECH shall pay to ATARAXIA 40%
of the net profit related to such contracts.

7.  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH a royalty  of 40% of gross  profits  (less  those
expenses  agreed  by the  parties)  for each  HFRAM  license  sold or  otherwise
transferred by ATARAXIA.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will pay NVTECH 40% of any per
unit royalty received by ATARAXIA less properly  documented  reasonable expenses
directly related to the obtaining of said royalties.


                                      E-52
<PAGE>

8.  ATARAXIA  will pay NVTECH 40% of any other  revenues  (less  those  expenses
agreed by the parties) of ATARAXIA  related to the grant of rights or use of the
HFRAM  technology  by  ATARAXIA,  exclusive of  participations  of NVTECH in the
contract.

9. Should ATARAXIA sell the rights to the HFRAM technology to a third party part
not  owned or  controlled  by  ATARAXIA,  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH  50% of the
proceeds from such  transaction.  NVTECH will not be obligated to provide to the
third party the same concessions,  prices and services as to ATARAXIA.  If there
is any  dispute  between  ATARAXIA  and NVTECH as to the  fairness or value of a
third  party  contract  either  ATARAXIA  or  NVTECH  may  request   independent
arbitration.

10.  ATARAXIA  and NVTECH  agreed to make  available  to each other  information
necessary  for  either  party to  verify  sales or other  pertinent  costs,  and
equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protect the  confidentiality  of the
confidential and/or proprietary  information of the other party, and to use such
information only as provided in the business agreement.

11.  Neither  party  shall  publish,  make  reference  to, or  otherwise  use or
designate the  trademarks  or trade names of the other party in connection  with
activities contemplated hereby without the written consent of such other party.

12.  ATARAXIA  will  provide  NVTECH  $3,000  at the  signing  of this  heads of
agreement.  ATARAXIA will take best efforts to have the business agreement ready
for signing no later than the end of August 1997.  ATARAXIA will provide  NVTECH
an  additional  $7,000 of the signing of the  business  agreement  or such other
amount that may be agreed to by the parties.  Such  agreement  shall (a) reflect
the provisions set forth herein (b) minimum  performance  requirements  for each
party, and (c) such other provisions as are customary in a licensing arrangement
of the character  contemplated hereby and are reasonably  acceptable to ATARAXIA
and NVTECH.  In the event of a default  under these  provisions of the agreement
specified  therein to  constitute a "material  default,"  (i) by  ATARAXIA,  all
right,  title and interest in the technology and related  intellectual  property
rights  transferred to ATARAXIA under the agreement shall revert back to NVTECH,
or (ii) by NVTECH,  ATARAXIA shall have the right to cure or cause a third party
to cure such  material  default and deduct the cost thereof from the amounts due
to NVTECH pursuant to sections 7 and 8 above. If such agreement is not signed by
31 August 1997,  this terms of agreement shall expire and be of no further force
or effect.

13. Neither party,  without the express consent of the other party shall divulge
the  contents  of this  agreement  or the names of the  principles  of the other
party.

ENTERED INTO AND AGREED TO THIS 17TH DAY OF JUNE 1997.

NVTECH                                             ATARAXIA CORP.
                                                   /s/ Hibernian Directors  Ltd.
 /s/ Richard Lienau                                    Director of the Company
 ------------------                                ----------------------------
By: Richard Lienau                                 Hibernian Directors Ltd.


                                      E-53
<PAGE>

                             ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
                             ----------------------


               IN CONSIDERATION OF $10.00, the receipt of which is acknowledged,
I assign to Pageant  Technologies  Inc.  all my interest in and to the  contract
dated the 17th day of September, made between Ataraxia Corp., Richard Lienau and
Estancia  Limited,  attached as Schedule "A",  including all rights of action or
other rights accruing to me, or which might after this  assignment  takes effect
accrue to me under the contract.

               DATED the 22nd day of October, 1997.

                                                       ATARAXIA CORP.

                                                       /s/
                                                       Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                                       Director of the Company  
                                                       -----------------------  

Signed in the Presence of:

    /s/ Susan Caprow                
- ----------------------------------
Signature


   Susan Caprow                          
- ----------------------------------
Print Name


   BCM Cape BLDG.                    
- ----------------------------------
Address


   Providenciales                           
- ----------------------------------


                                      E-54
<PAGE>

                              CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT
                              ---------------------

We, Estancia Limited, consent to this assignment.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>    

                                                                 ESTANCIA LIMITED


                                                          By:  /s/
                                                             -----------------------------
                                                          For and on behalf of Avatar
                                                          Corporation Limited, Director of
                                                          Estancia

I, Richard Lienau, consent to this assignment.
                                                          RICHARD LIENAU


                                                          By:         /s/ Richard Lienau        
                                                             -----------------------------

We, Pageant Technologies, Inc., acknowledge and
consent to this assignment.

                                                             PAGEANT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                                                                 /s/
                                                             -----------------------------
                                                                Hibernian Directors Ltd.
                                                                Director of the Company

</TABLE>


                                      E-55


                                 ATARAXIA CORP.
                                  P.O. Box 267
                              B.C.M. Cape Building
                                 Leeward Highway
                               The Turks of Caicos


September 17, 1997

Richard M. Lienau
Pecos, New Mexico  87552

Estancia Limited
P.M.B. 2
Providenciales
Turks & Caicos Islands
British West Indies

Dear Sir:

            Re:    Joint Ownership & Exclusive License Rights to Certain Patents
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

            Further to our earlier  discussions and the Heads of Agreement dated
June 17, 1997, we provide the following by way of summary of the principal terms
and  conditions  we would be prepared  to acquire,  and you would be prepared to
grant,  joint ownership and an exclusive  license right to Ataraxia Corp. and or
its wholly-owned  subsidiary Pageant Technology,  Inc. (together  "Ataraxia") to
jointly  develop,m  as  well  as  manufacture  and  sell  the  related  products
associated  with the  invention  entitled the Hall Effect  Ferromagentic  Random
Access Memory technology (the "HFRAM Technology").

            1. Patents.  Ataraxia will acquire the joint ownership and exclusive
world wide licensing rights (together the "Territory") the following patents:

                      a.     US Patent File No. 5295097
                      b.     EEC Patent File No. 939186441
                      c.     Japan Patent File No. 505547/1994

                             (together the "Patents",)

            2. Joint Ownership and Maintenance of Patents. Estancia Limited will
and will cause Richard Lienau (Mr. Lienau personally and or jointly acting under
the business name NVTECH) to patent, register, copyright or otherwise protect to
the extent commercially  feasible, the HFRAM technology selected by Ataraxia for
transfer to joint  ownership.  Estancia  Limited  will cause  Richard  Lienau to
transfer a nontransferable  undivided  one-half joint ownership interest in such
technology and related patents to Ataraxia. Ataraxia agrees it will transfer its
ownership to Estancia Limited in the event of a


                                      E-56
<PAGE>

material  default of the agreement  between the parties by Ataraxia which is not
cured within a reasonable  time.  Ataraxia will finance  future patent costs for
further  considerations.  Inventor(s)  will  always be given full credit for the
parties, but all rights shall be jointly owned by Ataraxia and Estancia Limited.

               3.  Power to Grant  Rights  and  Validity  of  Patents.  Estancia
Limited will and will cause  Richard  Lienau to patent,  register,  copyright or
otherwise protect to the extent the commercially  feasible, the HFRAM technology
selected  by Ataraxia to transfer  to joint  ownership.  Estancia  Limited  will
demonstrate  to Ataraxia  that Estancia  Limited has all necessary  ownership or
other rights in such technology to enter into the  transactions  contemplated in
this letter agreement. Estancia Limited will also warrant that the technologies,
systems,   etc.   provided  to  Ataraxia  are   original   works  and  were  not
misappropriated  from  others.  Estancia  Limited  will  or  will  cause  to  be
transferred  an ownership  interest in such  technology  and related  patents to
Ataraxia.  Ataraxia will finance future patent costs for further considerations.
The  parties  agree the  inventor(s)  will  always be given full  credit for the
patents, but all rights will be jointly owned by Estancia Limited and Ataraxia.

               4.  Obligations of Estancia Limited:

               a.     New  Inventions:  Estancia  Limited  will and  will  cause
                      Richard  Lienau  to  grant  to  Ataraxia  a right of first
                      refusal  to  acquire  rights  in  respect  of  any  patent
                      improvements or new technology or application developed or
                      under the control of the Estancia Limited Corp. or Richard
                      Lienau relating to any invention, technology,  application
                      or product which may  reasonably be regarded as similar to
                      or competitive with the Products.

               b.     Technical and Marketing  Support.  Estancia Limited agrees
                      to   provide   Ataraxia   with  all   information/training
                      reasonably  necessary  for it to  market  the  technology.
                      Estancia  Limited will serve as advisors to Ataraxia at no
                      cost  to   Ataraxia,   in  regards   to   license/contract
                      negotiation,  marketing and personal hiring, as reasonably
                      deemed necessary by Ataraxia.

               c.     Consulting  Services.  Estancia Limited will cause Richard
                      Lienau to serve as a  consultant  to Ataraxia for a fee of
                      no more than US$ 125 per man-hour plus reasonable expenses
                      to include evaluating other  technologies,  developing new
                      applications   and/or  systems   whether  HFRAM  or  other
                      technologies.  Additionally, Estancia Limited will provide
                      such  services to such  customers  of Ataraxia as Ataraxia
                      may  reasonably  request  at the same  rate.  If  Estancia
                      Limited contracts  directly with customers of Ataraxia for
                      such services,  Estancia Limited shall pay to Ataraxia 40%
                      of the gross  profit less  agreed to  expenses  related to
                      such contracts.


                                      E-57
<PAGE>

               5.  Obligations of Ataraxia

               a.     Initial &  Subsequent  Payment.  The  parties  acknowledge
                      Ataraxia  provided  Estancia Limited with US$ 3,000 at the
                      signing  of the  original  heads  of  agreement.  Ataraxia
                      agrees to provide  Estancia Limited with an additional sum
                      of CD$ 20,000 on or shortly after  Ataraxia  entering into
                      an agreement with a listed public  company  related to the
                      technology.  The CD$ 20,000 will be satisfied,  subject to
                      regulatory  approval,  by the  reservation and issuance of
                      free  trading  shares in the listed  public  company.  The
                      exact number of shares will be  determined by dividing the
                      value of the shares of the listed public  company into CD$
                      20,000.

               b.     Financing of Development and Manufacturing.  Ataraxia will
                      provide  funding  deemed  necessary  and  as  commercially
                      feasible  to  support  the  prototype  development  by the
                      University of Utah of the HFRAM technology as necessary to
                      test,  manufacture,  document, or otherwise take the HFRAM
                      technology to the marketplace. Additionally, Ataraxia will
                      be responsible  for all marketing,  sales and licensing of
                      the selected technology.

               c.     Royalty.  Ataraxia will pay Estancia  Limited a royalty of
                      40% of gross  profit  (less those  expenses  agreed by the
                      parties)   for  each  HFRAM   license  sold  or  otherwise
                      transferred by Estancia  Limited.  Additionally,  Ataraxia
                      will pay  Estancia  Limited  40% of any per  unit  royalty
                      received by Ataraxia less properly  documented  reasonable
                      expenses   directly  related  to  the  obtaining  of  said
                      royalties and as agreed to by the parties in writing.

               d.     Other Payments.  Ataraxia will pay Estancia Limited 40% of
                      any other  revenues  (less  those  expenses  agreed by the
                      parties) of Ataraxia related to the grant of rights or use
                      of the HFRAM technology by Estancia Limited,  exclusive of
                      participation of Estancia Limited in the contract.

               6.  Formal Agreement.

               a.     Terms of Formal Agreement: The parties agree to enter into
                      a formal agreement with one another within six months from
                      the date of this Agreement which will:

                      i.  reflect the  provisions set forth herein and the Heads
                          of Agreement attached as Appendix One;

                      ii. set out the minimum  performance  requirements of each
                          party; and


                                      E-58
<PAGE>

                      iii.   such  other   provisions  as  are  customary  in  a
                             licensing arrangement of the character contemplated
                             hereby and are  reasonably  acceptable  to Ataraxia
                             and Estancia Limited.

               b.     Agreement  is  Binding:  Until  superseded  by the  formal
                      agreement,  this Agreement will remain binding and in full
                      force and effect.

               c.     Purpose of Agreement:  Estancia Limited and Richard Lienau
                      agree that the purpose of this and the formal agreement is
                      to tie-up and exhaust  the entire  rights held by Estancia
                      Limited and Richard  Lienau in the Patents during the term
                      of this Agreement and any formal agreement entered into by
                      the parties.  In addition to a formal  license  agreement,
                      the  parties  agree to enter  into  all  other  supporting
                      documents necessary fulfill this intent.

               d.     Compensation on Termination.  Estancia Limited agrees that
                      that if the  relationship  of the parties is terminated it
                      will  pay to  Ataraxia  all  costs  properly  incurred  by
                      Ataraxia  to develop  the  prototype,  test,  manufacture,
                      document,  or otherwise  take the HFRAM  technology to the
                      marketplace.

               7. Sale of Rights to Third Parties.  If Ataraxia sells the rights
to the HFRAM  Technology  to a third party not owned or  controlled by Ataraxia,
Ataraxia will pay Estancia  Limited 50% of the proceeds  from such  transaction.
Estancia  Limited  will not be  obligated to provide to the third party the same
concessions, prices and services as to Ataraxia. If there is any dispute between
Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited as to the  fairness  or value of a third  party
contract   either   Ataraxia  or  Estancia   Limited  may  request   independent
arbitration.

               8. New  Ventures.  Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited  agree that a
separate  agreement  will  cover  the  parties  or their  respective  affiliates
arrangement  with respect to the design of a new computer  system and  operating
software  based on the HFRAM  technology.  Estancia  Limited  or its  designated
affiliate  will be given a 15%  ownership of the  organization.  Any transfer of
HFRAM products from a licensee  within the  contemplation  of section 5 above to
such separate  organization  shall not in any way reduce or off-set license fees
or royalties contemplated by such section 5.

               9.  Information.  Ataraxia  and  Estancia  Limited  agree to make
available to each other  information  necessary for either party to verify sales
or other pertinent costs and equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protect
the  confidentiality of the confidential  and/or proprietary  information of the
other  party,  and to use such  information  only as  provided  in the  business
agreement.

               10.  Use  of  Trademarks.   Neither  party  shall  publish,  make
reference to, or otherwise use or designate the trademarks or trade names of the
other  party in  connection  with  activities  contemplated  hereby  without the
written consent of such other party.


                                      E-59
<PAGE>

               11.  Material  Default.  In the  event of a default  under  these
provisions  of the  agreement,  specific  therein,  to  constitute  a  "material
default":

                      a.     By Ataraxia,  all right,  title and interest in the
                             technology and related intellectual property rights
                             transferred to Ataraxia  under the agreement  shall
                             revert back to Estancia Limited; or

                      b.     By Estancia Limited,  Ataraxia shall have the right
                             to  cure  or  cause a  third  party  to  cure  such
                             material  default and deduct the cost  thereof from
                             the  amounts due to  Estancia  Limited  pursuant to
                             sections 4 and 5 above.

               12.  Confidentiality.  Each party agrees to keep confidential and
not disclose,  directly or  indirectly,  any  information  concerning  the HFRAM
Technology or other parties business (except to the extent that such information
is available  to the general  public) or any other  information  which the other
party designates as confidential, including the contents of this agreement.

               13. Governing Law and Arbitration.  All disputes,  controversy or
claims  arising out of or in  connection  with or in  relation to the  contract,
including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, will be
governed  by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the United  States
related  to  intellectual  property  and the  domestic  laws of the State of New
Mexico; under this agreement. The parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction
of  such  courts  to  finally  adjudicate  or  determine  any  suit,  action  or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this agreement.

               14.  General Terms:

                      a.     This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
                             between the  parties or any of them and  supersedes
                             and   replaces   all   previous   oral  or  written
                             agreements.  Specifically,  where  any  term of the
                             signed Heads of Agreement  attached as Appendix One
                             conflicts  with the  terms of this  Agreement,  the
                             terms of this Agreement apply.

                      b.     This  Agreement may be amended only by an agreement
                             in  writing  executed  by all  the  parties  to the
                             Agreement.


                                      E-60
<PAGE>

                      c. This  Agreement may be executed in  counterpart  and by
                         fax.

               If you find the  foregoing  to be  acceptable,  please  advise by
dating,  signing and  returning  two copies of this letter and on our receipt of
these,  we will  instruct  our  counsel to prepare a formal  agreement  for your
review and  consideration.  This formal  agreement will follow and will be along
the lines of Appendix One attached.

Yours very truly,

ATARAXIA CORP.

/s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
    Director of the Company
- ----------------------------
Hibernian Directors Ltd.
- -------------------------------------------------------------

        AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED this 25 day of September 1997.


ESTANCIA LIMITED                                      RICHARD LIENAU



  /s/                                                /s/ Richard Lienau         
- ---------------------------------                   ----------------------------
Authorized Signatory
AVATAR CORPORATION LIMITED
(DIRECTOR OF ESTANCIA LIMITED)


                                      E-61
<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX ONE

                                     Part I

                               HEADS OF AGREEMENT
                               ------------------

ATARAXIA  CORP.,  a Turk & Caicos  corporation  hereafter  known  as  "ATARAXIA"
purposes to NVTECH the following:

1. NVTECH  agrees to patent,  register,  copyright or  otherwise  protest to the
extent  commercially  feasible,  the HFRAM  technology  selected by ATARAXIA for
transfer to joint ownership. NVTECH will demonstrate to ATARAXIA that NVTECH has
all the necessary ownership or other rights in such technology to enter into the
transactions   contemplated   hereby.   NVTECH  will  also   warrant   that  the
technologies,  systems, etc. provided to ATARAXIA are original works and are not
misappropriated from others.  NVTECH will transfer a joint ownership interest in
such technology and related patents to ATARAXIA.

2. ATARAXIA  intents to set up a separate  organization to design a new computer
system and  operating  software  based on the HFRAM  technology.  NVTECH will be
given 15% ownership of said organization.  Any transfer of HFRAM products from a
licensee  within  the  contemplation  of  paragraph  3 below  to  such  separate
organization  shall not in any way reduce or off-set  license  fees or royalties
contemplated by agreement dated 17 June 1997.

3.  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH a  royalty  of 40% of gross  profit  (less  those
expenses  agreed  by the  parties)  for each  HFRAM  license  sold or  otherwise
transferred by ATARAXIA.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will pay NVTECH 40% of any per
unit royalty received by ATARAXIA less properly  documented  reasonable expenses
directly related to the obtaining of said royalties.

4.  ATARAXIA  and  NVTECH  agree to make  available  to each  other  information
necessary  for  either  party to  verify  sales or other  pertinent  costs,  and
equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protect the  confidentiality  of the
confidential and/or proprietary  information of the other party, and to use such
information only as provided in the business agreement.

5. Neither party shall publish, make reference to, or otherwise use or designate
the trademarks or trade names of the other party in connection  with  activities
contemplated hereby without the written consent of such other party.

6. Neither party,  without the express  consent of all other party shall divulge
the  contents  of this  agreement  or the names of the  principles  of the other
party.

ENTERED INTO AND AGREED TO THIS 17th DAY OF JUNE 1997
NVTECH                                             ATARAXIA CORP.
                                                   /s/ Hibernian Directors Ltd.
 /s/ Richard Lienau                                Director of the Company
 ------------------                                -----------------------
By: Richard Lienau                                 By: Hibernian Directors Ltd.


                                      E-62
<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX ONE

                                     Part II

                               HEADS OF AGREEMENT
                               ------------------

ATARAXIA  CORP.,  a Turks & Caicos  corporation  hereafter  known as "ATARAXIA",
purposes to NVTECH the following:

1. NVTECH  agrees to patent,  register,  copyright or  otherwise  protect to the
extent  commercially  feasible,  the HFRAM  technology  selected by ATARAXIA for
transfer to joint ownership. NVTECH will demonstrate to ATARAXIA that NVTECH has
all the necessary ownership or other rights in such technology to enter into the
transactions   contemplated   hereby.   NVTECH  will  also   warrant   that  the
technologies, systems, etc. provided to ATARAXIA are original works and were not
misappropriated from others.  NVTECH will transfer a joint ownership increase in
such technology and related patents to ATARAXIA.

2.  ATARAXIA  will  finance  future  patent  costs for  further  considerations.
Inventor(s)  will  always be given full credit for the  patents,  but all rights
shall be jointly owned by ATARAXIA and NVTECH.

3. NVTECH agrees that rights to offer HFRAM  applications and other technologies
developed  by NVTECH  will be offered to  ATARAXIA  on a first  right of refusal
basis.

4.  NVTECH  will  provide  ATARAXIA  with  all  information/training  reasonably
necessary  for it to market the  technology.  NVTECH  will serve as  advisors to
ATARAXIA  at no cost to  ATARAXIA,  in regards to  license/contact  negotiation,
marketing and personnel hiring, as reasonably deemed necessary by ATARAXIA.

5. ATARAXIA will provide all funding necessary to test,  manufacture,  document,
or otherwise make the HFRAM technology marketable.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will
be  responsible  for  all  marketing,  sales,  and  licensing  of  the  selected
technology.

6. NVTECH will serve as a consultant  to ATARAXIA for a fee of no more than $125
per man-hour plus reasonable  expenses to include evaluating other technologies,
developing new applications and or systems whether HFRAM or other  technologies.
Additionally, NVTECH will provide such services to such customers of ATARAXIA as
ATARAXIA may reasonably  request at the same rate. If NVTECH contracts  directly
with customers of ATARAXIA for such  services,  NVTECH shall pay to ATARAXIA 40%
of the net profit related to such contracts.

7.  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH a royalty  of 40% of gross  profits  (less  those
expenses  agreed  by the  parties)  for each  HFRAM  license  sold or  otherwise
transferred by ATARAXIA.  Additionally,  ATARAXIA will pay NVTECH 40% of any per
unit royalty received by ATARAXIA less properly  documented  reasonable expenses
directly related to the obtaining of said royalties.


                                      E-63
<PAGE>

8.  ATARAXIA  will pay NVTECH 40% of any other  revenues  (less  those  expenses
agreed by the parties) of ATARAXIA  related to the grant of rights or use of the
HFRAM  technology  by  ATARAXIA,  exclusive of  participations  of NVTECH in the
contract.

9. Should ATARAXIA sell the rights to the HFRAM technology to a third party part
not  owned or  controlled  by  ATARAXIA,  ATARAXIA  will pay  NVTECH  50% of the
proceeds from such  transaction.  NVTECH will not be obligated to provide to the
third party the same concessions,  prices and services as to ATARAXIA.  If there
is any  dispute  between  ATARAXIA  and NVTECH as to the  fairness or value of a
third  party  contract  either  ATARAXIA  or  NVTECH  may  request   independent
arbitration.

10.  ATARAXIA  and NVTECH  agreed to make  available  to each other  information
necessary  for  either  party to  verify  sales or other  pertinent  costs,  and
equipment  purchases.  Each party agrees to protect the  confidentiality  of the
confidential and/or proprietary  information of the other party, and to use such
information only as provided in the business agreement.

11.  Neither  party  shall  publish,  make  reference  to, or  otherwise  use or
designate the  trademarks  or trade names of the other party in connection  with
activities contemplated hereby without the written consent of such other party.

12.  ATARAXIA  will  provide  NVTECH  $3,000  at the  signing  of this  heads of
agreement.  ATARAXIA will take best efforts to have the business agreement ready
for signing no later than the end of August 1997.  ATARAXIA will provide  NVTECH
an  additional  $7,000 of the signing of the  business  agreement  or such other
amount that may be agreed to by the parties.  Such  agreement  shall (a) reflect
the provisions set forth herein (b) minimum  performance  requirements  for each
party, and (c) such other provisions as are customary in a licensing arrangement
of the character  contemplated hereby and are reasonably  acceptable to ATARAXIA
and NVTECH.  In the event of a default  under these  provisions of the agreement
specified  therein to  constitute a "material  default,"  (i) by  ATARAXIA,  all
right,  title and interest in the technology and related  intellectual  property
rights  transferred to ATARAXIA under the agreement shall revert back to NVTECH,
or (ii) by NVTECH,  ATARAXIA shall have the right to cure or cause a third party
to cure such  material  default and deduct the cost thereof from the amounts due
to NVTECH pursuant to sections 7 and 8 above. If such agreement is not signed by
31 August 1997,  this terms of agreement shall expire and be of no further force
or effect.

13. Neither party,  without the express consent of the other party shall divulge
the  contents  of this  agreement  or the names of the  principles  of the other
party.

ENTERED INTO AND AGREED TO THIS 17TH DAY OF JUNE 1997.

NVTECH                                             ATARAXIA CORP.
                                                   /s/ Hibernian Directors  Ltd.
 /s/ Richard Lienau                                    Director of the Company
 ------------------                                ----------------------------
By: Richard Lienau                                 Hibernian Directors Ltd.


                                      E-64


                               RESEARCH AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


        This Research  Agreement  ("Agreement") is entered into and effective as
of  November  24,  1997  by and  between  Pageant  Technologies  (USA)  Inc.,  a
corporation  having its principal  place of business at 50 West  Broadway,  Salt
Lake City,  Utah  (hereinafter  referred to as "Sponsor")  and the University of
Utah (Tax ID. # 87-6000525),  a body politic and corporate of the State of Utah,
on behalf of the  University  of Utah  Electrical  Engineering  located  at 3280
Merrill Engineering  Building,  Salt Lake City, Utah 84112 (hereinafter referred
to as "University").

                                    RECITALS:

        WHEREAS,  Sponsor wishes to have certain research services  performed in
accordance with the scope of work outlined in this Agreement; and

        WHEREAS, the performance of such research is consistent,  compatible and
beneficial to the academic role and mission of University as an  institution  of
higher education; and

        WHEREAS, University is qualified to provide such research services.

                                    AGREEMENT

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and in  consideration  of the  mutual  covenants,
conditions and undertakings herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

        1. Scope of Work.  University  agrees to  perform  for  Sponsor  certain
research  services (the "Services")  described in the Scope of Work set forth in
Appendix A, which is attached hereto and incorporated  herein by this reference.
The Services shall be performed  under the direction and supervision of Jennifer
Hwu, principal investigator, Department of Electrical Engineering.

        2. Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall commence upon the effective
date hereof and shall  continue  until  December  31,  1998  unless  extended or
renewed by mutual  agreement  of the  parties.  Scope of work and final  reports
shall be  completed  on or before July 31,  1998.  Per mutual  agreement of both
parties, personnel costs including fringe benefits and associated indirect costs
will be  invoiced  and paid  until  December  31,  1998,  or for one year  total
compensation for each identified  employee  whichever comes first, not to exceed
budget totals in paragraph 3.

        3. Compensation and Payment.

               3.1 Compensation.  Sponsor shall pay to University a total of Two
hundred  Eighty two thousand,  five hundred forty nine Dollars  ($282,549)  (the
"Compensation")  for performance of the Services under this Agreement.  A budget
itemizing the costs for


                                      E-65
<PAGE>

providing the Services is set forth in Appendix B, which is attached  hereto and
incorporated herein by this reference.

               3.2 Payment.  Monthly progress  payments shall be made by Sponsor
to University based upon monthly invoices  submitted by University.  The amounts
of all such  progress  payments  shall be based upon  University's  progress  in
performing the Services.  Invoices submitted to Sponsor shall be paid by Sponsor
within thirty (30) days of receipt.  The monthly invoices for services performed
shall  identify  direct costs,  labor and the percent of work  completed.  Final
payment shall be made upon completion of the Services.

Compensation  checks shall be payable to "The  University  of Utah" and shall be
delivered  to  Gary  S.  Gledhill,   Manager,  Research  Accounting,  201  South
Presidents Circle, #406, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah, 84112.

        4. Reporting  Requirements.  University shall provide written reports to
Sponsor on the progress of the  performance  of Services as outlined or required
in the Scope of Work. A final written  report shall be furnished to Sponsor upon
completion of the Services.

        5. Equipment. All equipment, instruments and materials purchased or used
by University in connection with  performance of the Services shall at all times
remain under the sole control and ownership of University.

        6.     Publication and Confidentiality.

               6.1 Publication.  In furtherance of University's role as a public
institution of higher  education,  it is necessary that  significant  results of
research  activities be reasonably  available for publication by the University,
and Sponsor  acknowledges  that  University  may publish the results of research
conducted in connection  with this  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
University agrees that it shall not publish the results of research conducted in
connection  with this  Agreement,  without the prior written consent of Sponsor,
until the  expiration  of six (6) months  following the first to occur of either
the  termination  of this  Agreement or submission  of the final written  report
required  under  Section 4 hereof.  In the event  University  wishes to  publish
research  results prior to the  expiration of the above  described six (6) month
period, University shall first provide to Sponsor written notice of University's
intent to publish  and a draft of such  publication.  Sponsor  shall have thirty
(30) days after  receipt  of the draft  publication  to  request in writing  the
removal of  portions  deemed by Sponsor to contain  confidential  or  patentable
material owned by Sponsor,  or to request a delay in submission of the draft for
publication  pending  Sponsor's  application  for patent  protection.  In either
event, University shall have no obligation to delay publication of the draft for
longer than six (6) months following delivery of University's  notice to Sponsor
of intent to publish.  If University does not receive Sponsor's written response
to the notice of intent to  publish  within the  thirty  (30) day  period,  then
Sponsor  shall be  deemed to have  consented  to such  publication.  Information
supplied to  University  by Sponsor  and  identified  by Sponsor as  proprietary
information  shall not be  included  in any  material  published  by  University
without prior written consent of Sponsor.


                                      E-66
<PAGE>

               6.2  Confidentiality.  Sponsor  acknowledges that University is a
governmental  entity and thus subject to the Utah Government  Records Access and
Management  Act, Sec.  63-2-101 et seq.,  Utah Code Ann.  (1993 and Supp.  1995)
("GRAMA") and Section 53B-16- 301 et seq., Utah Code Ann. (1993 and Supp. 1995).
Pursuant  to  GRAMA  and  Section  53B-16-301  et  seq.,  this  Agreement,   and
confidential  information  provided  pursuant  hereto  may be  subject to public
disclosure.  Any person who  provides  University  with records that such person
believes should be protected from disclosure for business reasons must, pursuant
to Section 63-2-308 of GRAMA and Section  53B-16-304,  provide University with a
written  claim of business  confidentiality  and a concise  statement of reasons
supporting such claim.

        7.     Indemnification.

               7.1  Indemnification by University.  University is a governmental
entity and is subject to the Utah Governmental  Immunity Act, Section 63-30-1 et
seq., Utah Code Ann. (1993 and Supp. 1995) (the "Act").  Section 63-30-34 of the
Act  expressly  limits  judgments  against  the  University,  its  officers  and
employees to $250,000.00  per person and  $500,000.00  per occurrence for bodily
injury and death and to $100,000.00 per occurrence for property damage.  Subject
to the  provisions  of the Act,  University  shall  indemnify,  defend  and hold
harmless Sponsor, its officers, agents and employees against any actions, suits,
proceedings,  liabilities  and damages that may result solely from the negligent
acts or omissions of University, its officers, agents or employees in connection
with this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of
any rights or defenses applicable to University under the Act, including without
limitation,   the  provisions  of  Section  63-30-34  regarding   limitation  of
judgments.  University  shall give  Sponsor  timely  notice of any claim or suit
instituted of which it has knowledge  that in any way,  directly or  indirectly,
affects or might  affect  Sponsor,  and Sponsor  shall have the right at its own
expense to participate in the defense of the same.

               7.2 Indemnification by Sponsor.  Sponsor shall indemnify,  defend
and hold harmless  University,  its  directors,  officers,  agents and employees
against any actions,  suits,  proceedings,  liabilities and damages arising from
the negligent acts or omissions of Sponsor, its officers, agents or employees in
connection with this Agreement.  Sponsor shall give University  timely notice of
any claim or suit instituted of which it has knowledge that in any way, directly
or indirectly, affects or might affect University, and University shall have the
right at its own expense to participate in the defense of the same.

        8.  Compliance  With Laws. In  performance  of the Services,  University
shall  comply  with  all  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  laws,  codes,
regulations,  rules and orders.  University shall obtain,  at its expense and as
part of the price for Services,  all required government licenses,  permits, and
approvals for the performance of the Services,  except those  licenses,  permits
and approvals which the Scope of Work specifies will be obtained by Sponsor.

        9. Patent and Inventions. The University shall own all rights, title and
interest in all inventions and improvements  conceived or reduced to practice by
University or University  personnel in the  performance of the Services and may,
at its election, file all patent


                                      E-67
<PAGE>

applications   relating  thereto.  In  consideration  of  Sponsor's  support  of
University  in  performance  of the  Services,  University  agrees  to  grant to
Sponsor,  on such terms and conditions as University may specify,  an option for
an  exclusive  license on any such  inventions,  improvements,  applications  or
patents.  Sponsor's  right to elect and  exercise  said option  shall expire six
months  after  University  has  provided  written  notice to Sponsor of any such
invention,  improvement,  application  or patent.  The terms of any such license
that shall be negotiated  shall be within industry  standards of such invention,
improvement, application or patent. If the parties fail to reach agreement as to
the terms and  conditions  of such  license  within (60) sixty  days,  after the
Sponsor has exercised  its right to acquire such license,  then the terms of the
license  shall be settled  pursuant to the disputes  resolution  provisions  set
forth in Section 14 herein.  In the event University shall abandon its rights to
any such invention,  improvement,  application or patent,  then University shall
assign to Sponsor all of University's rights,  title and interest therein.  This
shall occur if the University does not file a provisional or patent  application
in  respect  to an  invention  or  improvement  within  the (6) six  months  the
University  has  provided  written  notice to Sponsor of any such  invention  or
improvement.

        10.  Relationship of Parties. In assuming and performing the obligations
of this Agreement, University and Sponsor are each acting as independent parties
and  neither  shall be  considered  or  represent  itself  as a joint  venturer,
partner, agent or employee of the other. Neither party shall use the name or any
trademark  of the  other  party in any  advertising,  sales  promotion  or other
publicity matter without the prior written approval of the other party.

        11.  Termination.  This  Agreement may be terminated by either party for
material  breach,  by giving  written  notice  thereof to the other party.  Such
termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice. If
in such an  instance  the  breach can be cured,  the party  shall have the right
during such (30) thirty day period to cure such  breach.  Termination  shall not
relieve either party of any obligation or liability  accrued  hereunder prior to
such  termination,  or rescind or give rise to any right to rescind any payments
made prior to the time of such termination.

        12.  Uncontrollable  Forces.  Neither  Sponsor nor  University  shall be
considered  to be in  default  of this  Agreement  if  delays in or  failure  of
performance  shall be due to  uncontrollable  forces the effect of which, by the
exercise of reasonable  diligence,  the nonperforming party could not avoid. The
term  "uncontrollable  forces"  shall  mean  any  event  which  results  in  the
prevention  or delay of  performance  by a party of its  obligations  under this
Agreement  and  which is beyond  the  control  of the  nonperforming  party.  It
includes, but is not limited to, fire, flood,  earthquakes,  storms,  lightning,
epidemic, war, riot, civil disturbance,  sabotage, inability to procure permits,
licenses,  or authorizations  from any state, local, or federal agency or person
for  any of the  supplies,  materials,  accesses,  or  services  required  to be
provided by either Sponsor or University  under this  Agreement,  strikes,  work
slowdowns or other labor disturbances, and judicial restraint.


                                      E-68
<PAGE>

        13.    Miscellaneous.

               13.1  Assignment.  Neither  party shall  assign or  transfer  any
interest in this Agreement, nor assign any claims for money due to or become due
under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other party.

               13.2 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  with its  attachments,
constitutes  the entire  agreement  between  the parties  regarding  the subject
matter  hereof and  supersedes  any other written or oral  understanding  of the
parties.  This  Agreement  may not be  modified  except  by  written  instrument
executed by both parties.

               13.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and permitted assigns.

               13.4  Notices.  Except as provided in Section 3 hereof  regarding
payment of invoices,  any notice or other communication required or permitted to
be given to either  party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been properly given and  effective:  (a) on the date of delivery if delivered in
person during  recipient's normal business hours; or (b) on the date of delivery
if delivered by courier, express mail service or first-class mail, registered or
certified,  return receipt requested.  Such notice shall be sent or delivered to
the respective  addresses  given below, or to such other address as either party
shall designate by written notice given to the other party as follows:

        In the case of Sponsor:

               Pageant Technologies (USA) Inc.
               P.O. Box 369
               Pecos, New Mexico  87552
               Attn:  Stephen B. Fleming

        In the case of University:

               University of Utah
               Office of Sponsored Projects
               1471 Federal Way
               Salt Lake City, Utah  84112
               Attn:  Lynne U. Chronister

               13.5  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be  interpreted  and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah, without  application
of any principles of choice of laws.

               13.6  Nonwaiver.  A waiver by either  party of any breach of this
Agreement  shall not be binding upon the waiving  party unless such waiver is in
writing.  In the event of a written  waiver,  such a waiver shall not affect the
waiving party's rights with respect to any other or further breach.


                                      E-69
<PAGE>

               13.7  Execution by  Counterpart.  This  Agreement may be executed
separately or independently in any number of counterparts, each and all of which
together  shall be  deemed  to have  been  executed  simultaneously  and for all
purposes to be one Agreement.

               13.8 Attorney Fees. The prevailing Party in any action or suit to
enforce the terms or conditions of this  Agreement  shall be entitled to recover
its costs of court and  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred in enforcing  the
terms or conditions of this Agreement.

               14.  Dispute  Resolution.  Except to the right of either party to
apply to a court of competent  jurisdiction for a temporary restraining order, a
preliminary injunction,  or other equitable relief to preserve the status quo or
prevent irreparable harm, any and all claims,  disputes or controversies arising
under,  out of, or in  connection  with the  Agreement,  including  any  dispute
relating to patent validity or  infringement,  which the parties shall be unable
to resolves  within  sixty (60) days shall be mediated in good faith.  The party
raising such dispute shall promptly  advise the other party of such dispute.  By
not later than five (5) business  days after the  recipient  has  received  such
notice of dispute,  each party shall have  selected for itself a  representative
who shall have the  authority to bind such party,  and shall  additionally  have
advised the other party in writing of the name and title of such representative.
By not later than (10) days after the date of such notice of dispute,  the party
against  whom the dispute  shall be raised  shall  select a mediator in the Salt
Lake City area and such representative  shall schedule a date with such mediator
for a hearing.  The parties  shall enter into a good faith  mediation  and shall
share the costs equally. If the representative of the parties have not been able
to resolve the dispute  within  fifteen (15) business days after such  mediation
hearing,  then any and all claims,  disputes or controversies arising under, out
of, or in connection  with this  Agreement,  including  any dispute  relating to
patent  validity  or  infringement,  shall  be  resolved  by final  and  binding
compulsory arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah pursuant to Title 78, Chapter 31a
Utah code Ann (1953), as amended, and shall be determined in accordance with the
Commercial  Arbitration  Rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  to the
extent such rules are not in conflict with such law. The arbitrators  shall have
no power to add to,  subtract  from or modify any of the terms or  conditions of
this  Agreement,  not to award  punitive  damages.  Any award  rendered  in such
arbitration may be enforced by either party in either the courts of the State of
Utah or in the United States  District  Court for the District of Utah, to whose
jurisdiction  for such purposes  University and Sponsor each hereby  irrevocably
consents and submits. All costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney's
fees, of the prevailing party in connection with arbitration of such controversy
or claim shall be borne by the other party.


                                      E-70
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed by their duly  authorized  representatives  effective as of the day and
year first written above.


UNIVERSITY OF UTAH                          PAGEANT TECHNOLOGIES (USA), INC.
        "University"                                      "Sponsor"


By:     /s/ Lynne U. Chronister             By:         /s/ Stephen Fleming
      ---------------------------------          -------------------------------
        (Signature)                                (Signature)


Name:  Lynne U. Chronister, Director               Name:   Stephen Fleming 
      ---------------------------------          -------------------------------
        Office of Sponsored Projects               (Please Print)


Title:                                      Title:       President         
      ---------------------------------           ------------------------------


Date:           11/26/97                    Date:       11/26/97           
      ---------------------------------           ------------------------------


                                      E-71
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                                  SCOPE OF WORK


By agreement  between the  University of Utah and Pageant  Technology  Inc., the
following  work is to be performed  by  University  faculty,  staff and students
within the Department of Electrical  Engineering  including  Hedco Labs, for the
purpose of producing a working prototype of a micron scale,  integrated  circuit
ferromagnetic  nonvolatile  random access  memory,  which will be referred to as
HFRAM.

WORK ONE

STEP ONE:  RAMP-UP

1.1     Hire staff and students.

1.2     Obtain office and research space for staff and students.

1.3     Order  appropriate  ferromagnetic  materials  for use in a micron  scale
        memory cell.

1.4     Repair and enhance equipment needed for HFRAM development.

STEP TWO:  SINGLE MEMORY CELL

2.1     Research appropriate  ferromagnetic  materials for use in a micron scale
        memory cell.

2.2     Deposit,   using   appropriate   methods,   selected   versions  of  the
        aforementioned ferromagnetic materials on silicon or glass substances in
        the micron  range,  as a "stick"  normal to the plane of the  substrate,
        such stick to have an aspect ratio greater than 1:1.

2.3     Place around said stick a state-change  conductor  intimate to me stick,
        of no more than 270 degrees rotation and insulated from it.

2.4     Manufacture,  either prior or subsequent to such deposition,  a magnetic
        flux  sensor/detector such as an InSb Hall Effect sensor intimate to the
        stick, at one end, parallel to the plane of the substrate,  and centered
        to the axis of said stick.

2.5     Attach such  electrical  conductors  to the state change and flux sensor
        cell thus  manufactured so hat electrical  current may be applied to the
        state change and sensor circuit of said memory cell.

2.6     Test said  individual cell for state change,  data retention,  and sense
        capabilities  under a  variety  of  conditions  appropriate  for  such a
        device, with power on, then with power off for data retention.


                                      E-72
<PAGE>

2.7     Perform  associated  theoretical  work  to  support  experimental  HFRAM
        development.

STEP THREE:  Matrixed memory cells

3.1     Construct  a  grouping  of said  cells as  eight  "bits",  in a  "byte,"
        electrically interconnected, and test as above.

3.2     Construct a small grouping, or matrix/array of said bytes,  electrically
        interconnected and test as above.

3.3     Prepare a certain  number of packaged dies with matrices of the order of
        32 to 64 bytes of said  cells to be tested as  finished  product.  It is
        understood that yield may be low for high bit count matrices/array.

WORK TWO

Conduct  searches of existing  data bases  monthly or as  requested  to identify
emerging  technologies  and/or  products which may fit into  Pageant's  business
strategy.


COMMENTS

Progress  reports on Work One will be rendered on a quarterly basis or within 48
hours of  encountering a situation  which could  adversely  impact the intent of
this statement of work.

The  University  will take best efforts to produce an eight bit proof of concept
device as soon as possible after RAMP-UP to facilitate  Pageant's  marketing and
business strategy.

                                      E-73
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B


                                ESTIMATED BUDGET


Post Doc's (50,000 + 16,500)                                     $ 66,500

Technician (15,000 + 4,950)                                        19,950

UG Op Spt (12,500 + 1,125)                                         13,625

Tech Support (33,000 + 10,890)                                     43,890

HEDCO Lab                                                          13,650

Supplies                                                           15,000

Upgrades                                                           10,000

Masks                                                              15,000
                                                                   ------


               SUBTOTAL                                                 $197,615


Equipment                                                          30,950

Overhead                                                           54,344
                                                                   ------


               TOTAL                                                    $282,549



                                      E-74


                             THE UNIVERSITY OF UTAH





February 1, 1999


Pageant Technologies (USA), Inc.
3205 Richard's Lane, Suite B
Santa Fe, NM 87505


SUBJECT:  Letter of Confirmation


To Whom It May Concern:

This is to  confirm  that the  University  of Utah has a contract  with  Pageant
Technologies  (USA) Inc.  The contract is entitled  "Study of HFRAM,  which is a
micron scale integrated circuit ferromagnetic  nonvolatile random access memory"
under the direction of Dr.  Jennifer  Hwu. The contract  amount is $282,549 with
the project  period from  November  26, 1997 to  December  31,  1999,  unless an
extension is mutually agreed upon by both parties.

Sincerely,

/s/ Lynne U. Chronister

Lynne U. Chronister
Director, Office of Sponsored Projects
(801) 581-3003
[email protected]

cc:  Dr. J. Hwu


                                      E-75



                                                                     Exhibit 3.9

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT



             THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 29th day of January 1999



B E T W E E N:

                               275311 ONTARIO INC.
               a corporation subsisting under the laws of Ontario

                         (hereinafter called the "SFCo")

                                                              OF THE FIRST PART;



                                     - and -



                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                    (formerly, Avanticorp International Inc.)
              a corporation incorporated under the laws of Ontario

                     (hereinafter called the 'Corporation")


                                                             OF THE SECOND PART;


        NOW  THEREFORE  THIS  AGREEMENT  WITNESSES  that for  good and  valuable
consideration  (the receipt and sufficiency  whereof are hereby  acknowledged by
both of the parties  hereto),  it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as
follows:

1.      Retainer of SFCo
        ----------------

        Subject to the terms and conditions of this  agreement,  the Corporation
hereby retains SFCo, and SFCo hereby agrees,  to: (i) provide to the Corporation
the services  further  described  in section 2 hereof;  and (ii) arrange for Sam
Fuda to serve as a director of the Corporation; all during the period commencing
January 1, 1999 through to December 31, 1999.

2.      Duties

        SFCo  shall  report  to the  Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  of the
Corporation and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be determined
by or as may be  assigned to it by the Board  within the scope of the  following
duties:


                                      E-76
<PAGE>

     i.   assisting and advising the corporation's board of directors and senior
          management in negotiations with prospective purchasers,  manufacturers
          and licensees of the Corporation's MAGRAM TM technology;

     ii.  overseeing the Corporation's  compliance with corporate and securities
          regulations  in  Canada  and  those  of any  trading  system  or stock
          exchange upon which the Corporation's shares may become listed;

     iii. retaining and  instructing  the  Corporation's  professional  advisors
          including the corporation's legal counsel and auditors;

     iv.  providing  advice to the  Corporation's  board of directors and senior
          management  with respect to  structuring of the  Corporation's  equity
          funding by private  placement  and/or  public  offering and  providing
          introductory  services to the  financial and  investment  community in
          Toronto; and

     v.   managing a  corporate  office of the  Corporation  to be  situated  in
          Toronto.

3.      Service

        During  the term of this  agreement,  SFCo  shall  faithfully  serve the
Corporation  and shall use its best  efforts to  promote  the  interests  of the
Corporation  and shall  devote such  portion of Sam Fuda's  working  time to the
business and affairs of the  Corporation  as SFCo shall deem  necessary to carry
out the responsibilities of SFCo and Sam Fuda as required under this agreement.

4.      Termination of Agreement

     (a)  This  agreement,  unless it is  extended by mutual  written  agreement
          between the parties,  shall  terminate  on December 31, 1999  provided
          that this  agreement  may be earlier  terminated  by the  Corporation,
          without  notice,  for cause.  This agreement shall also terminate upon
          the death or  disability  of Sam Fuda.  Sam Fuda shall be deemed to be
          disabled  in the  event  that he  should  be  unable  to  perform  his
          functions hereunder by reason of physical  incapacity,  mental disease
          or affliction for any two weeks in any twelve month period.

     (b)  The Corporation may terminate this contract  without notice or without
          cause at any time by paying  SFCo the full  present  value of the fees
          otherwise  payable  hereunder  during the  balance of the term of this
          agreement.

5.      Results of Termination

        Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in paragraph 4, this
agreement and the retainer of SFCo hereunder  shall be wholly  terminated,  with
the exception of paragraphs 8 through 13 inclusive and the clauses  specifically
contemplated  to continue in full force and effect  beyond  termination  of this
agreement.  Upon any such  termination,  neither SFCo no Sam Fuda shall have any
claim  against the  Corporation  for damages or  otherwise  arising out of or in
respect of this agreement except for payments required to be made hereunder.


                                      E-77
<PAGE>

6.      Remuneration

        As  remuneration  for  the  services  to be  rendered  by  SFCo  to  the
Corporation  hereunder,  the  Corporation  shall pay SFCo a fee  which  shall be
payable on the last day of every quarter during the term of this  agreement,  at
the option of the Corporation either:

     i.   through  the   issuance  to  SFCo  of  a  number  of  fully  paid  and
          non-assessable  common  shares  of  the  Corporation  (the  "Incentive
          Shares")  equal to  0.3125%  of the  simple  average  of the number of
          common shares of the Corporation that were outstanding on the last day
          of each of the three  months of the  quarter  in  respect of which the
          Incentive Shares are issued (the "Average Outstanding"); or

     ii.  through payment by certified  cheque or bank draft for an amount equal
          to 0.3125% of the Average Outstanding multiplied by the simple average
          of the close  price of the  common  shares of the  Corporation  on the
          stock  exchange  or  trading  market  where the  common  shares of the
          Corporation are traded from time to time on each day of the quarter in
          respect of which the said payment from time to time on each day of the
          quarter in respect of which the said payment is made; provided that if
          on any  trading  day the  common  shares of the  Corporation  have not
          traded on such  stock  exchange  or  trading  market,  then the simple
          average of the closing bid and ask prices shall be used in lieu of the
          close price in respect of that day.

The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that the  issuance of any  Incentive
Shares shall be conditional upon the Corporation receiving requisite approval of
the shareholders of the Corporation  pursuant to Ontario  Securities  Commission
Rule  45-503  provided  that in the  event  that the  Corporation  is  unable or
unwilling to issue the Incentive Shares in respect of a quarter due to requisite
shareholder  approval  not  having  been  obtained  prior to the end of the said
quarter  then the  Corporation  shall pay to SFCo the cash fee  provided  for in
sub-section 6(ii) above.

7.      Extension of Contract

        If the  Corporation  wishes to extend this  contract  past  December 31,
1999, the Board shall notify SFCo accordingly by October 31, 1999, whereupon, if
SFCo desires to extend this contract,  the parties shall  negotiate the terms of
the extension of this contract.

8.      Confidential Information

        SFCo  acknowledges  that in the course of SFCo carrying out,  performing
and fulfilling its  responsibilities  to the  Corporation it will have access to
and will be entrusted with detailed  confidential  information including without
limitation financial information,  shareholder lists, of all kinds,  agreements,
correspondence  and  documentation  to,  from ,  and  regarding  financiers  and
prospective financiers, auditors, legal counsel and professional advisors, joint
venture partners and prospective joint venture partners,  of the Corporation and
its  subsidiaries,  brokers,  vendors or properties of any kind, and patents and
trade  secrets,  marketing  and business  plans and price lists  concerning  the
business  of  the  Corporation  and  the  present  and  contemplated   products,
techniques  and  other  services   evolved  or  used  by  the  Corporation  (the
"Confidential   Information")  and  that  any  disclosure  of  the  Confidential
Information to the competitors of the Corporation or the general public would be
highly detrimental to the best interests of these parties. SFCo acknowledges and
agrees  that the  right to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of the  Confidential
Information and the right to preserve the goodwill of the Corporation constitute
proprietary


                                      E-78
<PAGE>

rights which the Corporation is entitled to protect. Accordingly, SFCo covenants
and agrees with the  Corporation  that, save with the consent of the Corporation
it will not, during the term of this retainer by the Corporation or for a period
of ten years  after  the  termination  of this  agreement,  disclose  any of the
Confidential  Information to any person outside of the  Corporation nor shall it
use the same for any  purpose  other than for the  purposes  of the  Corporation
provided  that SFCo  shall  not be liable  for  disclosure  of the  Confidential
Information upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

     i.   the Confidential  Information  becoming  generally known to the public
          other than through a breach of this agreement;

     ii.  the Confidential  Information  being lawfully  obtained by SFCo from a
          third party or parties  without  breach of this  agreement by SFCo, as
          shown by  documentation  sufficient  to establish the third party as a
          source of the Confidential information; and

     iii. SFCo being required to make disclosure of the Confidential Information
          by operation of law.

SFCo  shall  deliver  to the  Corporation,  upon  termination  of  its  retainer
hereunder, or upon request, all documents, financial statements and information,
memoranda,   notes,   reports,   records,   reports,   manuals,   price   lists,
correspondence,  shareholder lists,  customer lists,  order forms,  drawings and
other  documents  (and all  copies  thereof,  whether in hard copy or in machine
readable  form) relating to the business of the  Corporation  and all assets and
properties of the Corporation  referenced therein,  which it may then possess or
have under its  control.  SFCo agrees that all  restrictions  contained  in this
clause are  reasonable  and valid in the  circumstances  and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Corporation are hereby waived by SFCo.

9.      Non-Solicitation

        SFCo agrees that  following  the  execution of this  agreement  with the
Corporation,  it will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  during  the term of this
agreement,  any  extension of the term of this  agreement and at any time during
the period of three (3) years  from the date of  termination  without  the prior
written consent of the  Corporation  solicit or attempt to solicit away from the
Corporation  any existing or  prospective  shareholders,  investors,  suppliers,
employees,  customers,  clients, investors, joint venture partners or vendors of
properties of any kind, or acquisition or merger candidates of the Corporation.

10.     Validity of Covenants

        If any  covenant  or  provision  herein  is  determined  to be  void  or
unenforceable  in whole or in part,  it shall  not be deemed to affect or impair
the validity of any other covenant or provision and the covenants and provisions
herein are hereby declared to be separate and distinct.  SFCo hereby agrees that
all  restrictions in this agreement are reasonable and valid and all defenses to
the strict enforcement thereof by the Corporation are hereby waived by SFCo.

11.     Injunctive Relief

        SFCo further agrees that the remedy at law for any breach by SFCo of the
confidentiality,   non-competition  or   non-solicitation   provisions  of  this
agreement will be inadequate and that the  Corporation,  on any application to a
court,  shall be entitled to temporary and permanent  injunctive  relief against
Sam Fuda and  SFCo  without  the  necessity  of  proving  actual  damage  to the
Corporation. SFCo agrees that


                                      E-79
<PAGE>

the breach of the confidentiality,  non-competition or non-solicitation  clauses
contained herein will result in irreparable damage to the Corporation which will
not be compensable by law through an award of damages.

12.     Indemnity

        The Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold SFCo, Sam Fuda and each and
every of the  directors  and  officers of SFCo  (hereinafter,  the  "Personnel")
harmless from and against any and all expenses, losses, claims, actions, damages
or liabilities, whether joint or several (including the aggregate amount paid in
reasonable  settlement of any actions,  suits,  proceedings or claims),  and the
reasonable  fees and  expenses of its  counsel  that may be incurred in advising
with  respect to and/or  defending  any claim that may be made  against  SFCo to
which SFCo and/or its Personnel may become subject or otherwise  involved in any
capacity under any statute or common-law or otherwise  insofar as such expenses,
losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  actions  arise out of or are based,
directly,  or indirectly upon SFCo fulfilling its obligations to the Corporation
pursuant to this  agreement,  provided  that: (a) SFCo and/or the Personnel have
acted  honestly  and in good  faith  with a view to the  best  interests  of the
Corporation  and  they  have  not  aced  negligently;  and (b) in the  case of a
criminal or a administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary
penalty,  SFCo and/or the Personnel had  reasonable  grounds for believing  that
its/his/their conduct was lawful.

13.     Notice

        Any  notice in  writing  required  to or  permitted  to be given to SFCo
hereunder  shall be  sufficiently  given  if  delivered  to SFCo,  respectively,
personally or mailed by registered mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed to SFCo as
follows:

                               275311 Ontario Inc.
                           150 York Street, Suite 1206
                                Toronto, Ontario
                                    M511-3S5

        Any  notice  in  writing  required  or  permitted  to be  given  to  the
Corporation  hereunder may be given in the same fashion to the  Corporation,  as
follows:

                           MicroMem Technologies Inc.
                          3205 Richard's Lane, Suite B
                              Sante Fe, New Mexico
                                      87505

                                     and to

                           MicroMem Technologies Inc.
                           150 York Street, Suite 1206
                                Toronto, Ontario
                                     M5H-3S5

        Any such notice which is mailed shall be deemed to have been received by
SFCo or the  Corporation,  as the case may be, on the seventh day  following the
date of mailing.  Any such notice  which is delivered  personally  or by courier
shall be deemed to have been received by SFCo or the


                                      E-80
<PAGE>

Corporation, as the case may be, on the same day that it is actually received at
the premises of the addressee as described  above. Any address for the giving of
notices hereunder mayo be changed by notice in writing.

14.     Governing Law

        The provisions of this agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

15.     Successors and assigns

        The provisions  hereof,  where the context  permits,  shall enure to the
benefit of and be  binding  upon the  successors  and  permitted  assigns of the
Corporation  and SFCo,  respectively,  provided that the  obligations any of the
parties hereto may not be assigned  without the express prior written consent of
the other parties hereto.

16.     Entire Agreement; Amendment; Headings

        This agreement  constitutes the entire understanding between the parties
with reference to the subject matter hereof and shall not be changed or modified
except by written  instrument  signed by each party.  The headings  used in this
agreement  are solely for  convenience  and are not to be used in  construing or
interpreting this agreement.

17.     Independent Advice

        SFCo  hereby  acknowledges  that it has been  given the  opportunity  to
obtain and it has obtained  independent legal advice concerning the advisability
of entering into this agreement prior to executing this agreement.

18.     Arbitration

     (a)  Should there be a breach of any covenant,  representation and warranty
          contained in this agreement at any time after the date of execution of
          this  agreement by a party  hereto (the "Party in  Breach"),  then the
          other party (the "Notifying  Party") shall send written notice of such
          breach (the  "Notice") to the Party in Breach at the address set forth
          below.  The Party in Breach shall be entitled to 30 days from the date
          of the Notice to rectify  or cure the breach  which is the  subject of
          the  Notice.  In the event that the breach has not been  rectified  or
          cured  within 30 days of the date of the Notice,  then any  continuing
          dispute shall be referred for arbitration to a single arbitrator to be
          appointed by the parties.

     (b)  Any party may refer any such matter to  arbitration  by written notice
          to the other ("Arbitration Notice") and, within ten days after receipt
          of the Arbitration  Notice,  the parties will agree on the appointment
          of an  arbitrator,  who shall be  capable  of  commencing  arbitration
          within 21 days of this appointment.  No person will be appointed as an
          arbitrator unless such person agrees in writing to act.

     (c)  If the  parties  cannot  agree on a single  arbitrator  as provided in
          clause (b), or if the person  appointed is unwilling or unable to act,
          any party may  request  the court to  appoint a single  arbitrator  in
          accordance with the Arbitranous Act of the Province of Ontario.


                                      E-81
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF  this  agreement  has been  executed  by the parties
hereto on the 29th day of January, 1999.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

                                   275311 ONTARIO INC.



                                   Per:/s/ Sam Fuda
                                       ---------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

                                   MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.


                                   Per:/s/ Stephen B. Fleming
                                       ---------------------------
                                   Name:  Stephen B. Fleming
                                   Title: President


                                   Per:/s/ Ross McGroarty
                                       ---------------------------
                                   Name:  Ross McGroarty
                                   Title: Executive V.P.


                                      - 7 -


                                      E-82


                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


               THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 10th day of March, 1999.


B E T W E E N:


                           MAST HOLDING (BERMUDA) LTD.
               a corporation subsisting under the laws of Bermuda

                         (hereinafter called the "Mast")

                                                              OF THE FIRST PART;



                                     - and -



                           MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                    (formerly, Avanticorp International Inc.)
              a corporation incorporated under the laws of Ontario

                     (hereinafter called the "Corporation")



                                                             OF THE SECOND PART;

        NOW  THEREFORE  THIS  AGREEMENT  WITNESSES  that for  good and  valuable
consideration  (the receipt and sufficiency  whereof are hereby  acknowledged by
both of the parties  hereto),  it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as
follows:

1.      Retainer of Mast
        ----------------

        Subject to the terms and conditions of this  agreement,  the Corporation
hereby retains Mast, and Mast hereby agrees,  to: (i) provide to the Corporation
the services further described in section 2 hereof;  and (ii) arrange for Robert
Patterson ("Patterson") to serve as a director and President of the Corporation;
all during the period commencing March 9, 1999 through to March 10, 2000.


                                      E-83
<PAGE>

2.      Duties
        ------

        Mast and Patterson  shall report to the Board of Directors (the "Board")
of the  Corporation and Mast and Patterson shall perform such duties as may from
time to time be  determined by or as may be assigned to them by the Board within
the scope of the following duties:

        i.     Patterson  shall  serve  as the  President  and  Chief  Executive
               Officer of the Corporation under the terms of this agreement;
        ii.    Patterson  shall  oversee the  research  and  development  of the
               MAGRAM TM  technology  owned and  licensed  by the  Corporation's
               subsidiary,  Pageant  Technologies  Incorporated  ("MAGRAM")  and
               assist and advise the Corporation's board of directors and senior
               management   in   negotiations   with   prospective   purchasers,
               manufacturers  and  licensees  of  the  Corporation's  MAGRAM  TM
               technology;
        iii.   Mast  and  Patterson  shall  oversee  the  sale,   licensing  and
               exploitation of MAGRAM; and
        iv.    Such other  services and work upon which the parties may mutually
               agree.

3.      Service
        -------

        During  the term of this  agreement,  Mast  shall  faithfully  serve the
Corporation  and shall use its best  efforts to  promote  the  interests  of the
Corporation and shall devote such portion of Robert Patterson's  working time to
the  business  and affairs of the  Corporation  as Mast shall deem  necessary to
carry out the  responsibilities  of Mast and Robert  Patterson as required under
this agreement.

4.      Termination of Agreement
        ------------------------

        (a)    This agreement, unless it is extended by mutual written agreement
               between the parties,  shall  terminate on March 9, 2000  provided
               that this agreement may be earlier terminated by the Corporation,
               without  notice,  for cause.  This agreement shall also terminate
               upon  the  death  or  disability  of  Robert  Patterson.   Robert
               Patterson  shall be deemed to be  disabled  in the event  that he
               should be unable to perform his functions  hereunder by reason of
               physical  incapacity,  mental  disease or affliction  for any two
               weeks in any twelve month period.

        (b)    The  Corporation  may terminate  this contract  without notice or
               without  cause at any time by paying Mast the full present  value
               of the fees otherwise payable hereunder during the balance of the
               term of this agreement.

5.      Results of Termination
        ----------------------

        Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in paragraph 4, this
agreement and the retainer of Mast hereunder  shall be wholly  terminated,  with
the exception of paragraphs 8 through 13 inclusive and the clauses  specifically
contemplated to continue in


                                      E-84
<PAGE>

full  force and  effect  beyond  termination  of this  agreement.  Upon any such
termination,  neither Mast nor Robert Patterson shall have any claim against the
Corporation  for  damages  or  otherwise  arising  out of or in  respect of this
agreement except for payments required to be made hereunder.

6.      Remuneration
        ------------

        As  remuneration  for  the  services  to be  rendered  by  Mast  to  the
Corporation  hereunder,  the  Corporation  shall pay Mast a fee  which  shall be
payable on the last day of every quarter during the term of this  agreement,  at
the option of the Corporation either:

        i.     through  the  issuance  to Mast  for a number  of fully  paid and
               non-assessable  common shares of the Corporation  (the "Incentive
               Shares")  equal to 0.3125% of the simple average of the number of
               common shares of the  Corporation  that were  outstanding  on the
               last day of each of the three months of the quarter in respect of
               which   the   Incentive   Shares   are   issued   (the   "Average
               Outstanding"); or

        ii.    through  payment by certified  cheque or bank draft for an amount
               equal to 0.3125% of the  Average  Outstanding  multiplied  by the
               simple  average of the close  price of the  common  shares of the
               Corporation  on the stock  exchange or trading  market  where the
               common shares of the  Corporation are traded from time to time on
               each day of the  quarter in respect of which the said  payment is
               made;  provided  that if on any trading day the common  shares of
               the Corporation have not traded on such stock exchange or trading
               market, then the simple average of the closing bid and ask prices
               shall be used in lieu of the close price in respect of that day.

The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that the  issuance of any  Incentive
Shares shall be conditional upon the Corporation receiving requisite approval of
the shareholders of the Corporation  pursuant to Ontario  Securities  Commission
Rules  45-503  provided  that in the  event  that the  Corporation  in unable or
unwilling to issue the Incentive Shares in respect of a quarter due to requisite
shareholder  approval  not  having  been  obtained  prior to the end of the said
quarter  then the  Corporation  shall pay to Mast the cash fee  provided  for in
sub-section 6(ii) above.

7.      Extension of Contract
        ---------------------

        If the  Corporation  wishes to extend this  contract past March 9, 2000,
the Board shall notify Mast accordingly by December 31, 1999, whereupon, if Mast
desires to extend this  contract,  the parties shall  negotiate the terms of the
extension of this contract.

8.      Confidential Information
        ------------------------

        Mast and Patterson acknowledges that in the course of Mast and Patterson
carrying  out,   performing  and  fulfilling  their   responsibilities   to  the
Corporation Mast and Patterson will


                                      E-85
<PAGE>

have access to and will be  entrusted  with  detailed  confidential  information
including  without   limitation   financial   information,   shareholder  lists,
agreements,  correspondence and documentation to, from, and regarding financiers
and prospective financiers,  auditors,  legal counsel and professional advisors,
joint  venture  partners  and  prospective  joint  venture   partners,   of  the
Corporation and its  subsidiaries,  brokers,  vendors of properties of any kind,
and patents and trade  secrets,  marketing  and  business  plans and price lists
concerning  the  business of the  Corporation  and the present and  contemplated
products,  techniques and other services evolved or used by the Corporation (the
"Confidential   Information")  and  that  any  disclosure  of  the  Confidential
Information to the competitors of the Corporation or the general public would be
highly  detrimental to the best  interests of these parties.  Mast and Patterson
acknowledge  and agree that the right to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of the
Confidential  Information  and  the  right  to  preserve  the  goodwill  of  the
Corporation  constitute  proprietary rights which the Corporation is entitled to
protect. Accordingly, Mast and Patterson covenant and agree with the Corporation
that, save with the consent of the Corporation they will not, during the term of
this  retainer  by the  Corporation  or for a  period  of ten  years  after  the
termination of this agreement,  disclose any of the Confidential  Information to
any  person  outside  of the  Corporation  nor  shall  they use the same for any
purpose  other than for the purposes of the  Corporation  provided that Mast and
Patterson  shall not be liable for  disclosure of the  Confidential  Information
upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

        i.     the  Confidential  Information  becoming  generally  known to the
               public other than through a breach of this agreement;

        ii.    the Confidential  Information  being lawfully obtained by Mast or
               Patterson  from a third party or parties  without  breach of this
               agreement  by  Mast  or  Patterson,  as  shown  by  documentation
               sufficient  to  establish  the  third  party as a  source  of the
               Confidential Information; and

        iii.   Mast and  Patterson  being  required  to make  disclosure  of the
               Confidential Information by operation of law.

Mast and Patterson  shall deliver to the  Corporation,  upon  termination of its
retainer hereunder,  or upon request,  all documents,  financial  statements and
information,  memoranda, notes, reports, records, reports, manuals, price lists,
correspondence,  shareholder lists,  customer lists,  order forms,  drawings and
other  documents  (and all  copies  thereof,  whether in hard copy or in machine
readable  form) relating to the business of the  Corporation  and all assets and
properties of the Corporation referenced therein, which they may then possess or
have under its control. Mast and Patterson agree that all restrictions contained
in this clause are reasonable and valid in the circumstances and all defenses to
the strict enforcement  thereof by the Corporation are hereby waived by Mast and
Patterson.

9.      Non-Solicitation
        ----------------

        Mast and Patterson  agree that following the execution of this agreement
with the Corporation,  they will not, directly or indirectly, during the term of
this agreement, any


                                      E-86
<PAGE>

extension  of the term of this  agreement  and at any time  during the period of
three (3) years from the date of termination  without the prior written  consent
of the  Corporation  solicit or attempt to solicit away from the Corporation any
existing  or  prospective   shareholders,   investors,   suppliers,   employees,
customers,  clients,  investors, joint venture partners or vendors of properties
of any kind, or acquisition or merger candidates of the Corporation.

10.     Validity of Covenants
        ---------------------

        If any  covenant  or  provision  herein  is  determined  to be  void  or
unenforceable  in whole or in part,  it shall  not be deemed to affect or impair
the validity of any other covenant or provision and the covenants and provisions
herein are hereby  declared  to be separate  and  distinct.  Mast and  Patterson
hereby agree that all  restrictions  in this  agreement are reasonable and valid
and all defenses to the strict enforcement thereof by the Corporation are hereby
waived by Mast and Patterson.

11.     Injunctive Relief
        -----------------

        Mast and  Patterson  further agree that the remedy at law for any breach
by   Mast   and   Patterson   of   the   confidentiality,   non-competition   or
non-solicitation  provisions of this  agreement  will be inadequate and that the
Corporation,  on any application to a court,  shall be entitled to temporary and
permanent  injunctive relief against Mast and Patterson without the necessity of
proving  actual damage to the  Corporation.  Mast and  Patterson  agree that the
breach  of the  confidentiality,  non-competition  or  non-solicitation  clauses
contained herein will result in irreparable damage to the Corporation which will
not be compensable by law through an award of damages.

12.     Indemnity
        ---------

        The Corporation  agrees to indemnify and hold Mast, Robert Patterson and
each  and  every  of the  directors  and  officers  of  Mast  (hereinafter,  the
"Personnel")  harmless  from and against any and all expenses,  losses,  claims,
actions,  damages  or  liabilities,  whether  joint or  several  (including  the
aggregate  amount  paid  in  reasonable   settlement  of  any  actions,   suits,
proceedings or claims), and the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel that
may be incurred in advising with respect to and/or  defending any claim that may
be made against Mast to which Mast and/or its  Personnel  may become  subject or
otherwise  involved in any capacity under any statute or common-law or otherwise
insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages,  liabilities or actions arise
out  of or  are  based,  directly,  or  indirectly,  upon  Mast  fulfilling  its
obligations to the Corporation  pursuant to this  agreement,  provided that: (a)
Mast and/or the Personnel  have acted  honestly and in good faith with a view to
the best interests of the Corporation and they have not acted  negligently;  and
(b) in the case of a criminal or a  administrative  action or proceeding that is
enforced by a monetary penalty, Mast and/or the Personnel had reasonable grounds
for believing that its/his/their conduct was lawful.


                                      E-87
<PAGE>

13.     Notice
        ------

        Any notice in writing  required to or  permitted to be given to Mast and
Patterson  hereunder  shall  be  sufficiently  given  if  delivered  to Mast and
Patterson,  respectively,  personally  or mailed  by  registered  mail,  postage
prepaid, addressed to Mast as follows:

                           Mast Holding (Bermuda) Ltd.
                          Reid House, 31 Church Street
                             Hamilton, Bermuda HM 12

                         Attention: Ms. Margaret Barnes
                         ------------------------------

                                     - and -

                                Robert Patterson
                                        *

        Any  notice  in  writing  required  or  permitted  to be  given  to  the
Corporation  hereunder may be given in the same fashion to the  Corporation,  as
follows:

                           MicroMem Technologies Inc.
                          3205 Richard's Lane, Suite B
                              Santa Fe, New Mexico
                                      87505

                                     and to

                           MicroMem Technologies Inc.
                           150 York Street, Suite 1206
                                Toronto, Ontario
                                     M5H-3S5

        Any such notice which is mailed shall be deemed to have been received by
Mast,  Patterson  or the  Corporation,  as the case may be, on the  seventh  day
following the date of mailing.  Any such notice which is delivered personally or
by  courier  shall be deemed to have been  received  by Mast,  Patterson  or the
Corporation, as the case may be, on the same day that it is actually received at
the premises of the addressee as described  above. Any address for the giving of
notices hereunder may be changed by notice in writing.

14.     Governing Law
        -------------

        The provisions of this agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.


                                      E-88
<PAGE>

15.     Successors and Assigns
        ----------------------

        The provisions  hereof,  where the context  permits,  shall enure to the
benefit of and be  binding  upon the  successors  and  permitted  assigns of the
Corporation, Patterson and Mast, respectively, provided that the obligations any
of the parties  hereto may not be assigned  without  the express  prior  written
consent of the other parties hereto.

16.     Entire Agreement; Amendment; Headings
        -------------------------------------

        This agreement  constitutes the entire understanding between the parties
with reference to the subject matter hereof and shall not be changed or modified
except by written  instrument  signed by each party.  The headings  used in this
agreement  are solely for  convenience  and are not to be used in  construing or
interpreting this agreement.

17.     Independent Advice
        ------------------

        Mast and  Patterson  hereby  acknowledge  that they have been  given the
opportunity to obtain and they have obtained independent legal advice concerning
the  advisability  of  entering  into this  agreement  prior to  executing  this
agreement.

18.     Arbitration
        -----------

        (a)    Should  there be a breach  of any  covenant,  representation  and
               warranty  contained in this  agreement at any time after the date
               of execution  of this  agreement by a party hereto (the "Party in
               Breach"),  then the other party (the "Notifying Party")shall send
               written  notice of such  breach  (the  "Notice")  to the Party in
               Breach at the address set forth below.  The Party in Breach shall
               be  entitled to 30 days from the date of the Notice to rectify or
               cure the breach which is the subject of the Notice.  In the event
               that the breach has not been rectified or cured within 30 days of
               the date of the  Notice,  then any  continuing  dispute  shall be
               referred for  arbitration to a single  arbitrator to be appointed
               by the parties.

        (b)    Any party may refer any such  matter to  arbitration  by  written
               notice to the other  ("Arbitration  Notice") and, within ten days
               after receipt of the Arbitration  Notice,  the parties will agree
               on the  appointment  of an  arbitrator,  who shall be  capable of
               commencing  arbitration  within  21 days of his  appointment.  No
               person  will be  appointed  as an  arbitrator  unless such person
               agrees in writing to act.

        (c)    If the parties cannot agree on a single arbitrator as provided in
               clause (b), or if the person  appointed is unwilling or unable to
               act,  any  party  may  request  the  court  to  appoint  a single
               arbitrator  in  accordance  with  the  Arbitrations  Act  of  the
               Province of Ontario.


                                      E-89
<PAGE>

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF  this  agreement  has been  executed  by the parties
hereto on the ____ day of March, 1999.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED                )
                                            )
                                            )
- ------------------------------              )      -----------------------------
WITNESS                                     )      ROBERT J. PATTERSON
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      MAST HOLDING (BERMUDA) LTD.
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      Per:                         
                                            )      Name:
                                            )      Title:
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      MICROMEM TECHNOLOGIES INC.
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      Per:                         
                                            )      Name:
                                            )      Title:
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      Per:                         
                                            )      Name:
                                            )      Title:
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )
                                            )      Per:                         
                                            )      Name:
                                            )      Title:


                                      E-90




         STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-MODIFIED NET
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION



1.      Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions").

        1.1 Parties:  This Lease ("Lease"),  dated for reference  purposes only,
January 16, 1998, is made by and between Plains Eagle Corporation ("Lessor") and
Pageant Technologies (USA), Inc. ("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties," or
individually a "Party").

        1.2(a)  Premises:  That certain  portion of the Building,  including all
improvements  therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
commonly known by the street address of 3205 Richards Lane,  Suite B, located in
the City of Santa Fe,  County of Santa Fe,  State of New  Mexico,  with zip code
87505, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto ("Premises").  The "Building" is
that  certain  building  containing  the  Premises  and  generally  described as
(describe   briefly   the   nature   of   the   Building):    Light   industrial
office/warehouse,  in addition to Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises
as hereinafter  specified,  Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common
Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as  hereinafter  specified,  but shall
not have any  rights to the roof,  exterior  walls or  utility  raceways  of the
Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center.  The Premises,  the
Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all
other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as
the "Industrial Center." (Also see Paragraph 2.)

        1.2(b) Parking:  five (5) unreserved vehicle parking spaces ("Unreserved
Parking  Spaces");  and zero (0)  reserved  vehicle  parking  spaces  ("Reserved
Parking Spaces"). (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)

        1.3 Term: Three years and 0 months ("Original Term") commencing  January
1, 1998 ("Commencement  Date") and ending December 31, 2000 ("Expiration Date").
(Also see Paragraph 3.)

        1.4 Early Possession: if applicable ("Early Possession Date"). (Also see
Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

        1.5 Base Rent:  $2,084.00 per month ("Base Rent"),  payable on the first
(1st) day of each month commencing  January 1, 1998. (Also see Paragraph 4.) 

|X|     If this box is checked,  this Lease provides for the Base Rent to
be adjusted per Addendum #1, attached hereto.

        1.6(a)  Base Rent Paid Upon  Execution:  $2,084.00  as Base Rent for the
period January 1-31, 1998.

        1.6(b)  Lessee's  Share of Common Area  Operating  Expenses:  32 percent
(32%)  ("Lessee's  Share") as determined  by 

|_|     pro rata  square  footage of the  Premises  as compared to the total
square  footage of the  Building or |X| other  criteria as described in Addendum
#1.

        1.7  Security  Deposit:   $2,084.4.   ("Security  Deposit").  (Also  see
Paragraph 5.)

        1.8 Permitted  Use:  Office/warehouse  for research and  development  of
laser technology ("Permitted Use") (Also see Paragraph 6.)

        1.10 Insuring Party. Lessor is the "Insuring Party." (Also see Paragraph
8.)


                                      E-91
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 2


        1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by Stephen B. Fleming ("Guarantor"). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

        1.12  Addenda and  Exhibits.  Attached  hereto is an Addendum or Addenda
consisting  of  Paragraphs  49  through  __,  and  Exhibit A only,  all of which
constitute a part of this Lease.

2.      Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

        2.1 Letting.  Lessor hereby  leases to Lessee,  and Lessee hereby leases
from Lessor,  the  Premises,  for the term,  at the rental,  and upon all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  set forth in this  Lease.  Unless  otherwise
provided  herein,  any statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or
that may have been used in  calculating  rental  and/or  Common  Area  Operating
Expenses,  is an  approximation  which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and
the rental and Lessee's  Share (as defined in Paragraph  1.6(b) based thereon is
not  subject to  revision  whether or not the actual  square  footage is more or
less.

        2.2  Condition.  Lessor  shall  deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and
free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Lessee that the existing
plumbing,  electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning
and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those
constructed by Lessee,  shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement
Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt
of written  notice from Lessee  setting  forth with  specificity  the nature and
extent of such non-compliance,  rectify same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does
not give Lessor written  notice of a  non-compliance  with this warranty  within
thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance
shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

        2.3 Compliance with Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building Code.  Lessor
warrants that any  improvements  (other than those  constructed  by Lessee or at
Lessee's  direction)  on or in the  Premises  which  have  been  constructed  or
installed  by Lessor or with  Lessor's  consent or at Lessor's  direction  shall
comply with all applicable  covenants or  restrictions  of record and applicable
building codes,  regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement  Date.
Lessor  further  warrants to Lessee that  Lessor has no  knowledge  of any claim
having been made by any  governmental  agency that a violation or  violations of
applicable building codes,  regulations,  or ordinances exist with regard to the
Premises as of the  Commencement  Date. Said  warranties  shall not apply to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be
made by Lessee.  If the  Premises  do not comply  with said  warranties,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written   notice  from  Lessee  given  within  six  (6)  months   following  the
Commencement  Date and setting forth with  specificity  the nature and extent of
such non-compliance, take such action, at Lessor's expense, as may be reasonable
or appropriate to rectify the non-compliance.  Lessor makes no warranty that the
Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.8 is permitted  for the Premises  under  Applicable
Laws (as defined in Paragraph 2.4).

        2.4 Acceptance of Premises. Lessee hereby acknowledges:  (a) that it has
been advised by the Broker(s) to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of
the Premises  (including  but not limited to the  electrical  and fire sprinkler
systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with the Americans with


                                      E-92
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 3


Disabilities Act and applicable  zoning,  municipal,  county,  state and federal
laws,  ordinances and  regulations  and any covenants or  restrictions of record
(collectively,  "Applicable Laws") and the present and future suitability of the
Premises for Lessee's intended use; (b) that Lessee has made such  investigation
as it  deems  necessary  with  reference  to such  matters,  is  satisfied  with
reference thereto,  and assumes all responsibility  therefore as the same relate
to Lessee's  occupancy of the Premises  and/or the terms of this Lease;  and (c)
that neither Lessor,  nor any of Lessor's  agents,  has made any oral or written
representations  or  warranties  with respect to said matters  other than as set
forth in this Lease.

        2.5 Lessee as Prior  Owner/Occupant.  The  warranties  made by Lessor in
this Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date
set forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises.  In
such  event,  Lessee  shall,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense,  correct any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

        2.6  Vehicle  Parking.  Lessee  shall be  entitled  to use the number of
Unreserved  Parking Spaces and Reserved  Parking  Spaces  specified in Paragraph
1.2(b) on those  portions of the Common  Areas  designated  from time to time by
Lessor for parking.  Lessee shall not use more parking  spaces than said number.
Said  parking  spaces  shall be used for  parking  by  vehicles  no larger  than
full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called "Permitted Size
Vehicles."  Vehicles  other than  Permitted  Size  Vehicles  shall be parked and
loaded or  unloaded  as  directed  by Lessor  in the Rules and  Regulations  (as
defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Lessor. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

                      (a)  Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles
that belong to or are  controlled  by Lessee or Lessee's  employees,  suppliers,
shippers,  customers,  contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked
in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

                      (b)  If Lessee permits or allows any of the
prohibited  activities  described in this  Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have
the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it
may have,  to remove or tow away the  vehicle  involved  and  charge the cost to
Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

                      (c)  Lessor shall at the Commencement Date of this
Lease, provide the parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

        2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term "Common Areas" is defined as all
areas and facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the Industrial  Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that
are  provided  and  designated  by the Lessor  from time to time for the general
non-exclusive  use of Lessor,  Lessee and other lessees of the Industrial Center
and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,  contractors and
invitees,  including  parking areas,  loading and unloading areas,  trash areas,
roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

        2.8 Common Areas - Lessee's Rights.  Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for
the  benefit  of Lessee and its  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  contractors,
customers and invitees,  during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive  right
to use,  in common with others  entitled to such use,  the Common  Areas as they
exist from time to time, subject to any rights,  powers, and privileges reserved
by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations
or restrictions governing the use of


                                      E-93
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 4


the Industrial Center.  Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to
use the  Common  Areas be deemed  to  include  the right to store any  property,
temporarily  or  permanently,  in the Common  Areas.  Any such storage  shall be
permitted  only by the prior  written  consent of Lessor or Lessor's  designated
agent,  which  consent  may be  revoked  at any  time.  In the  event  that  any
unauthorized  storage  shall  occur then  Lessor  shall have the right,  without
notice,  in  addition to such other  rights and  remedies  that it may have,  to
remove  the  property  and  charge  the  cost to  Lessee,  which  cost  shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

        2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s)
as Lessor may appoint  shall have the  exclusive  control and  management of the
Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish,  modify,
amend and enforce  reasonable  Rules and  Regulations  with  respect  thereto in
accordance  with Paragraph 40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such
Rules  and  Regulations,  and  to  cause  its  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,
customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be
responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance  with said rules and regulations by
other lessees of the Industrial Center.

        2.10 Common Areas - Changes.  Lessor  shall have the right,  in Lessor's
sole discretion, from time to time:

                      (a)    To make changes to the Common Areas,
including,  without limitation,  changes in the location, size, shape and number
of driveways,  entrances,  parking spaces,  parking areas, loading and unloading
areas,  ingress,  egress,  direction of traffic,  landscaped areas, walkways and
utility raceways;

                      (b)    To close temporarily any of the Common Areas
for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the
Premises remains available;

                      (c)    To designate other land outside the
boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common
Areas;

                      (d)    To add additional buildings and improvements
to the Common Areas;

                      (e)    To use the Common Areas while engaged in
making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the
Industrial Center, or any portion thereof; and

                      (f) To do and perform such other acts and make
such other  changes in, to or with  respect to the Common  Areas and  Industrial
Center as Lessor may, in the  exercise of sound  business  judgment,  deem to be
appropriate.

3.      Term.

        3.1 Term. The  Commencement  Date,  Expiration Date and Original Term of
this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

        3.2  Early  Possession.  If an Early  Possession  Date is  specified  in
Paragraph 1.4 and if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises after the
Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement  Date, the obligation to pay
Base Rent  shall be abated for the  period of such  early  occupancy.  All other
terms of this Lease,  however  (including but not limited to the  obligations to
pay Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating  Expenses and to carry the insurance
required by Paragraph 8), shall be in effect during such period.  Any such early
possession


                                      E-94
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 5


shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original
Term.

        3.3  Delay  in  Possession.  If for any  reason  Lessor  cannot  deliver
possession  of the Premises to Lessee by the Early  Possession  Date,  if one is
specified in Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified,  by the
Commencement  Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability  therefor,  nor
shall such failure  affect the  validity of this Lease,  or the  obligations  of
Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not,
except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  be obligated to pay rent or perform any
other  obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor  delivers
possession  of the  Premises to Lessee.  If  possession  of the  Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement  Date,  Lessee
may,  at its option,  by notice in writing to Lessor  within ten (10) days after
the end of said sixty (60) day period,  cancel  this  Lease,  in which event the
parties shall be discharged from all obligations  hereunder;  provided  further,
however,  that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor within
said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's right to cancel this Lease  hereunder  shall
terminate  and be of no  further  force or  effect.  Except as may be  otherwise
provided,  and  regardless  of when the Original  Term  actually  commences,  if
possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does
not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay
Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed,  shall run from the
date of delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period equal to the period
during which the Lessee would have otherwise enjoyed under the terms hereof, but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4.      Rent.

        4.1 Base Rent. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges,  as
the same may be  adjusted  from time to time,  to Lessor in lawful  money of the
United States, without offset or deduction,  on or before the day on which it is
due under the terms of this Lease.  Base Rent and all other rent and charges for
any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be
prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved.  Payment of
Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein
or to such other  persons or at such other  addresses as Lessor may from time to
time designate in writing to Lessee. (See Addendum #1, Paragraph 49)

        4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. (See Addendum #1, Paragraph 50)

5.   Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee's  execution
hereof the Security  Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's
faithful  performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails
to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder,  or otherwise  Defaults
under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain
all or any  portion of said  Security  Deposit for the payment of any amount due
Lessor or to reimburse or compensate  Lessor for any liability,  cost,  expense,
loss or damage  (including  attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by
reason  thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said  Security
Deposit,  Lessee  shall  within ten (10) days after  written  request  therefore
deposit  monies with Lessor  sufficient to restore said Security  Deposit to the
full amount required by this Lease.  Any time the Base Rent increases during the
term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from


                                      E-95
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 6


Lessor,  deposit  additional  monies with Lessor as an addition to the  Security
Deposit so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear
the same  proportion  to the then  current  Base  Rent as the  initial  Security
Deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 1.5.  Lessor shall
not be required to keep all or any part of the Security  Deposit  separate  from
its general accounts.  Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of
the term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or,
at Lessor's option, to the last assignee,  if any, of Lessee's interest herein),
that  portion of the  Security  Deposit  not used or  applied by Lessor.  Unless
otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit
shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for
its use,  or to be  prepayment  for any  monies to be paid by Lessee  under this
Lease.

6.      Use.

        6.1 Permitted Use.

                      (a)    Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only
for the Permitted  Use set forth in Paragraph  1.8, or any other legal use which
is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use
or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or
a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the
Premises or neighboring premises or properties.

                      (b)    Lessor hereby agrees to not unreasonably
withhold  or delay its  consent  to any  written  request  by  Lessee,  Lessee's
assignees or subtenants and by  prospective  assignees and subtenants of Lessee,
its assignees and subtenants,  for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long
as the same will not impair the structural  integrity of the Improvements on the
Premises or in the Building or the  mechanical  or electrical  systems  therein,
does  not  conflict  with  uses by  other  lessees,  is not  significantly  more
burdensome to the Premises or the Building and the improvements  thereon, and is
otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to withhold
such consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give
a written  notification  of same,  which notice shall include an  explanation of
Lessor's reasonable objections to the change in use.

        6.2 Hazardous Substances.

                      (a)    Reportable Uses Require Consent.  The term
"Hazardous  Substance" as used in this Lease shall mean any product,  substance,
chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of
existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect,
either by itself or in combination  with other  materials  expected to be on the
Premises,  is either: (i) potentially  injurious to the public health, safety or
welfare,  the environment,  or the Premises;  (ii) regulated or monitored by any
governmental  authority;  or (iii) a basis for potential  liability of Lessor to
any  governmental  agency or third party under any applicable  statute or common
law  theory.   Hazardous  Substance  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,
hydrocarbons,  petroleum,  gasoline,  crude oil or any  products or  by-products
thereof.  Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which
constitutes a Reportable Use (as  hereinafter  defined) of Hazardous  Substances
without the express prior written  consent of Lessor and  compliance in a timely
manner (at Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable  Requirements (as
defined in Paragraph 6.3).  "Reportable  Use" shall mean (i) the installation or
use of any above or below


                                      E-96
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 7


ground  storage  tank,   (ii)  the   generation,   possession,   storage,   use,
transportation,  or  disposal of a Hazardous  Substance  that  requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report,  notice,  registration or business plan
is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence
in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous  Substance with respect to which any
Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons  entering or occupying
the Premises or neighboring  properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Lessee
may, without Lessor's prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and in compliance
with all  Applicable  Requirements,  use any  ordinary and  customary  materials
reasonably  required to be used by Lessee in the normal  course of the Permitted
Use,  so long as such  use is not a  Reportable  Use and  does  not  expose  the
Premises or neighboring  properties to any meaningful risk of  contamination  or
damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition,  Lessor may (but
without any  obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of
any Hazardous  Substance by Lessee upon Lessee's  giving Lessor such  additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable  discretion,  deems necessary to protect
itself,   the  public,   the  Premises  and  the  environment   against  damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefor,  including but not limited to
the installation (and, at Lessor's option, removal on or before Lease expiration
or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective  modifications to the
Premises  (such as concrete  encasements)  and/or the  deposit of an  additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

                      (b)    Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows, or
has  reasonable  cause to  believe,  that a Hazardous  Substance  has come to be
located  in, on,  under or about the  Premises  or the  Building,  other than as
previously consented to by Lessor,  Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written
notice  thereof,  together  with  a  copy  of  any  statement,  report,  notice,
registration,  application,  permit,  business plan, license,  claim, action, or
proceeding  given to, or received  from, any  governmental  authority or private
party  concerning the presence,  spill,  release,  discharge of, or exposure to,
such Hazardous  Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may
be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause
or permit any  Hazardous  Substance  to be spilled or released  in, on, under or
about the  Premises  (including,  without  limitation,  through the  plumbing or
sanitary sewer system).

                      (c)    Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,
protect,  defend and hold  Lessor,  its  agents,  employees,  lenders and ground
lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages,
liabilities,  judgments,  costs, claims,  liens,  expenses,  penalties,  loss of
permits and  attorneys'  and  consultants'  fees arising out of or involving any
Hazardous  Substance  brought  onto the  Premises  by or for Lessee or by anyone
under Lessee's control.  Lessee's  obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall
include,  but not be limited to, the effects of any  contamination  or injury to
person,  property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost
of  investigation  (including  consultants'  and  attorneys'  fees and testing),
removal,   remediation,   restoration  and/or  abatement  thereof,   or  of  any
contamination  therein  involved,  and shall  survive the  expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.  No termination,  cancellation  or release  agreement
entered  into by Lessor and Lessee  shall  release  Lessee from its  obligations
under this Lease with respect to Hazardous  Substances,  unless  specifically so
agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

        6.3 Lessee's  Compliance  with  Requirements.  Lessee shall, at Lessee's
sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and


                                      E-97
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 8


in a timely manner,  comply with all  "Applicable  Requirements,"  which term is
used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives,
covenants,  easements and restrictions of record,  permits,  the requirements of
any   applicable   fire  insurance   underwriter  or  rating  bureau,   and  the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the  Premises  (including  but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to (i)
industrial  hygiene,  (ii)  environmental  conditions on, in, under or about the
Premises,  including  soil  and  groundwater  conditions,  and  (iii)  the  use,
generation,  manufacture,   production,   installation,   maintenance,  removal,
transportation,  storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance),  now in
effect or which may hereafter  come into effect.  Lessee shall,  within five (5)
days after receipt of Lessor's  written  request,  provide Lessor with copies of
all   documents  and   information,   including  but  not  limited  to  permits,
registrations,  manifests,  applications,  reports and certificates,  evidencing
Lessee's  compliance with any Applicable  Requirements  specified by Lessor, and
shall  immediately  upon  receipt,  notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents  involved)  of any  threatened  or  actual  claim,  notice,  citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

        6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law. Lessor, Lessor's agents, employees,
contractors  and designated  representatives,  and the holders of any mortgages,
deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("Lenders") shall have the right
to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency,  and otherwise at
reasonable  times,  for the purpose of inspecting  the condition of the Premises
and for  verifying  compliance  by  Lessee  with this  Lease and all  Applicable
Requirements  (as defined in  Paragraph  6.3),  and Lessor  shall be entitled to
employ experts and/or consultants in connection  therewith to advise Lessor with
respect  to  Lessee's   activities,   including  but  not  limited  to  Lessee's
installation,  operation,  use,  monitoring,  maintenance,  or  removal  of  any
Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises.  The costs and expenses of any such
inspections  shall be paid by the party  requesting  same,  unless a Default  or
Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of  Applicable  Requirements  or a
contamination,  caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist
or to be  imminent,  or unless  the  inspection  is  requested  or  ordered by a
governmental  authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or  contamination.  In such case,  Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or
Lessor's  Lender,  as the  case  may be,  for the  costs  and  expenses  of such
inspections.

7.      Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures
and Alterations.

        7.1 Lessee's Obligations.

                      (a)    Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2
(Condition),  2.3 (Compliance  with Covenants,  Restrictions and Building Code),
7.2 (Lessor's  Obligations),  9 (Damage or Destruction),  and 14 (Condemnation),
Lessee  shall,  at Lessee's  sole cost and  expense  and at all times,  keep the
Premises and every part thereof in good order,  condition and repair (whether or
not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the
same,  are  reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee,  and whether or not the
need for such  repairs  occurs as a result of Lessee's  use,  any prior use, the
elements  or the  age of  such  portion  of the  Premises),  including,  without
limiting  the  generality  of  the   foregoing,   all  equipment  or  facilities
specifically  serving  the  Premises,  such as  lighting  facilities,  fire hose
connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior


                                      E-98
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 9


walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings,  floors,  windows,  doors,
plate glass, and hardware,  but excluding any items which are the responsibility
of Lessor  pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below.  Lessee,  in keeping the Premises in
good order,  condition and repair,  shall exercise and perform good  maintenance
practices.  Lessee's  obligations  shall include  restorations,  replacements or
renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all  improvements  thereon or a
part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

                      (b)    Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and
expense,  procure and maintain a contract,  with copies to Lessor,  in customary
form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the
inspection,  maintenance  and  service  of the  heating,  air  conditioning  and
ventilation  system for the Premises.  However,  Lessor reserves the right, upon
notice to Lessee,  to procure and maintain  the  contract  for the heating,  air
conditioning  and  ventilating  systems,  and if Lessor so elects,  Lessee shall
reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

                      (c)    If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's
obligations  under this Paragraph 7.1,  Lessor may enter upon the Premises after
ten  (10)  days'  prior  written  notice  to  Lessee  (except  in the case of an
emergency, in which case no notice shall be required),  perform such obligations
on Lessee's behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in
accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

        7.2 Lessor's  Obligations.  Subject to the  provisions of Paragraphs 2.2
(Condition),  2.3 (Compliance  with Covenants,  Restrictions and Building Code),
4.2 (Common Area Operating  Expenses),  6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's  Obligations),  9
(Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation),  Lessor, subject to reimbursement
pursuant to Paragraph  4.2,  shall keep in good order,  condition and repair the
foundations, exterior walls, unless damage by Lessee or its employees, customers
or invitees,  structural  condition of interior  bearing  walls,  exterior roof,
and/or smoke  detection  systems and  equipment,  fire  hydrants,  parking lots,
walkways,  (on-going  maintenance  of ice on parking lot and walkway is Lessee's
responsibility),  parkways, driveways,  landscaping, fences, heating and cooling
and utility systems  serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof,  as well as
providing  the  services  for which  there is a Common  Area  Operating  Expense
pursuant to Paragraph  4.2.  Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior
or  interior  surfaces  of  exterior  walls nor shall  Lessor  be  obligated  to
maintain,  repair or  replace  windows,  doors or plate  glass of the  Premises.
Lessee  expressly  waives the benefit of any statute now or  hereafter in effect
which  would  otherwise  afford  Lessee the right to make  repairs  at  Lessor's
expense or to  terminate  this Lease  because  of  Lessor's  failure to keep the
Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

        7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

                      (a)    Definitions; Consent Required.  The term
"Utility  Installations" is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines,  power
panels,   electrical   distribution,    security,   fire   protection   systems,
communications  systems,  lighting  fixtures,   heating,   ventilating  and  air
conditioning equipment,  plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The
term "Trade  Fixtures" shall mean Lessee's  machinery and equipment which can be
removed  without doing material damage to the Premises.  The term  "Alterations"
shall  mean any  modification  of the  improvements  on the  Premises  which are
provided by Lessor under


                                      E-99
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 10


the terms of this Lease,  other than Utility  Installations  or Trade  Fixtures.
"Lessee-Owned   Alterations   and/or  Utility   Installations"  are  defined  as
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor  pursuant to Paragraph  7.4(a).  Lessee shall not make nor cause to be
made any  Alterations  or  Utility  Installations  in,  on,  under or about  the
Premises  without  Lessor's prior written  consent.  Lessee may,  however,  make
non-structural  Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding
the roof) without  Lessor's  consent but upon notice to Lessor,  so long as they
are not visible  from the outside of the  Premises,  do not involve  puncturing,
relocating  or  removing  the  roof  or  any  existing  walls,  or  changing  or
interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cumulative
cost  thereof  during  the  term of this  Lease  as  extended  does  not  exceed
$2,500.00.

                      (b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that
Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be
presented to Lessor in written form with detailed  plans.  All consents given by
Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent,
shall be deemed  conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable permits
required by  governmental  authorities;  (ii) the  furnishing  of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and  specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and
(iii) the  compliance by Lessee with all  conditions of said permits in a prompt
and  expeditious  manner.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  by Lessee
during the term of this Lease  shall be done in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
with good and  sufficient  materials,  and be in compliance  with all Applicable
Requirements.  Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with
as-built plans and specifications therefor.  Lessor may, (but without obligation
to do  so)  condition  its  consent  to  any  requested  Alteration  or  Utility
Installation that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee's  providing Lessor with a
lien and  completion  bond in an  amount  equal to one and  one-half  times  the
estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

                      (c)    Lien Protection.  Lessee shall pay when due
all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to
or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises,  which claims are or may be secured
by any  mechanic's  or  materialman's  lien against the Premises or any interest
therein.  Lessee  shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to
the  commencement  of any work in, on, or about the  Premises,  and Lessor shall
have the right to post  notices of  non-responsibility  in or on the Premises as
provided by law. If Lessee  shall,  in good faith,  contest the  validity of any
such lien, claim or demand,  then Lessee shall, at its sole expense,  defend and
protect  itself,  Lessor  and the  Premises  against  the same and shall pay and
satisfy  any such  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the
enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require,
Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount
equal to one and  one-half  times the  amount of such  contested  lien  claim or
demand,  indemnifying  Lessor against liability for the same, as required by law
for the holding of the Premises  free from the effect of such lien or claim.  In
addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs in
participating  in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best  interest
to do so.


                                     E-100
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 11


        7.4 Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

                      (a)    Ownership.  Subject to Lessor's right to
require  their  removal  and to cause  Lessee to become  the  owner  thereof  as
hereinafter  provided  in  this  Paragraph  7.4,  all  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations  made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the property of and owned
by Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time and at
its option,  elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner of all or any  specified
part of the Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise
instructed per  Subparagraph  7.4(b) hereof,  all  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations  shall, at the expiration or earlier  termination of this
Lease,  become  the  property  of Lessor  and remain  upon the  Premises  and be
surrendered with the Premises by Lessee.

                      (b)    Removal.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing,
Lessor  may  require  that  any  or  all  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  or  Utility
Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
notwithstanding  that their  installation  may have been consented to by Lessor.
Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations
or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

                      (c)    Surrender/Restoration.  Lessee shall
surrender  the  Premises  by the end of the  last day of the  Lease  term or any
earlier  termination date, clean and free of debris and in good operating order,
condition and state of repair,  ordinary wear and tear  excepted.  Ordinary wear
and tear  shall not  include  any damage or  deterioration  that would have been
prevented  by good  maintenance  practice  or by  Lessee  performing  all of its
obligations  under this Lease.  Except as otherwise agreed or specified  herein,
the  Premises,  as  surrendered,  shall  include  the  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations.  The  obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of any damage
occasioned  by the  installation,  maintenance  or  removal  of  Lessee's  Trade
Fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment,  and  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations,  as well as the removal of any storage  tank  installed by or for
Lessee, and the removal,  replacement,  or remediation of any soil,  material or
ground water  contaminated by Lessee,  all as may then be required by Applicable
Requirements  and/or good  practice.  Lessee's  Trade  Fixtures shall remain the
property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee  subject to its  obligation to
repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.

8.      Insurance; Indemnity.  (See Addendum #1, Paragraph 51)

        8.2 Liability Insurance.

                      (a)    Carried by Lessee.  Lessee shall obtain and
keep in force  during  the term of this  Lease a  Commercial  General  Liability
policy of insurance protecting Lessee, Lessor and any Lender(s) whose names have
been provided to Lessee in writing (as additional  insureds)  against claims for
bodily  injury,  personal  injury and property  damage based upon,  involving or
arising out of the ownership,  use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and
all areas  appurtenant  thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis
providing  single  limit  coverage  in an amount  not less than  $1,000,000  per
occurrence  with  an  "Additional   Insured-Managers  or  Lessors  of  Premises"
endorsement and contain the "Amendment of the Pollution  Exclusion"  endorsement
for damage caused by heat,  smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall
not  contain  any  intra-insured   exclusions  as  between  insured  persons  or
organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease
as an "insured contract" for


                                     E-101
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 12


the performance of Lessee's  indemnity  obligations under this Lease. The limits
of said  insurance  required  by this Lease or as  carried by Lessee  shall not,
however,  limit the  liability  of Lessee nor relieve  Lessee of any  obligation
hereunder.  All  insurance  to be carried by Lessee  shall be primary to and not
contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall
be considered excess insurance only.

                      (b)    Carried by Lessor.  Lessor shall also
maintain liability insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to
and not in lieu of, the insurance  required to be  maintained by Lessee.  Lessee
shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

        8.3 Property  Insurance-Building,  Improvements  and Rental Value.  (See
Addendum #1, Paragraph 51)

                      (a)    Building and Improvements.  Lessor shall
obtain and keep in force  during the term of this Lease a policy or  policies in
the name of Lessor,  with loss payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s),  insuring
against  loss or  damage  to the  Premises.  Such  insurance  shall  be for full
replacement  cost,  as the same  shall  exist  from time to time,  or the amount
required by any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable
and available  insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age
of the improvements  involved,  such latter amount is less than full replacement
cost.  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations,  Trade Fixtures and
Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee pursuant to Paragraph 8.4.
If the coverage is available and  commercially  appropriate,  Lessor's policy or
policies  shall  insure  against  all  risks of direct  physical  loss or damage
(except  the perils of flood  and/or  earthquake  unless  required by a Lender),
including  coverage for any additional  costs  resulting from debris removal and
reasonable  amounts of coverage  for the  enforcement  of any  ordinance  or law
regulating the  reconstruction  or replacement of any undamaged  sections of the
Building  required to be demolished or removed by reason of the  enforcement  of
any building,  zoning,  safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss,
but not  including  plate glass  insurance.  Said policy or policies  shall also
contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver
of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual
property  insurance  coverage  amount by a factor of not less than the  adjusted
U.S.  Department of Labor Consumer  Price Index for All Urban  Consumers for the
city nearest to where the Premises are located.

                      (b)    Rental Value.  Lessor shall also obtain and
keep in force  during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of
Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender(s),  insuring the loss of the
full rental and other  charges  payable by all lessees of the Building to Lessor
for 6 months  (including all Real Property Taxes,  insurance  costs,  all Common
Area Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases).  Said insurance may
provide that in the event the Lease is  terminated by reason of an insured loss,
the period of indemnity for such coverage  shall be extended  beyond the date of
the  completion of repairs or  replacement  of the Premises,  to provide for one
full  year's  loss of  rental  revenues  from the date of any  such  loss.  Said
insurance  shall  contain  an  agreed   valuation   provision  in  lieu  of  any
co-insurance  clause,  and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted  annually to
reflect the projected  rental income,  Real Property  Taxes,  insurance  premium
costs and other  expenses,  if any,  otherwise  payable,  for the next  12-month
period.  Common Area Operating  Expenses shall include any deductible  amount in
the event of such loss.


                                     E-102
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 13


                      (c)    Adjacent Premises.  Lessee shall pay for any
increase in the premiums for the property  insurance of the Building and for the
Common Areas or other  buildings in the  Industrial  Center if said  increase is
caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

                      (d)    Lessee's Improvements.  Since Lessor is the
Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee-Owned  Alterations
and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of
Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

        8.4  Lessee's  Property  Insurance.   Subject  to  the  requirements  of
Paragraph  8.5,  Lessee at its cost  shall  either  by  separate  policy  or, at
Lessor's option, by endorsement to a policy already carried,  maintain insurance
coverage on all of Lessee's personal  property,  Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned
Alterations and Utility  Installations  in, on, or about the Premises similar in
coverage to that carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a).
Such insurance shall be full  replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to
exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used
by Lessee for the replacement of personal  property and the restoration of Trade
Fixtures and Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility  Installations.  Upon request
from  Lessor,  Lessee  shall  provide  Lessor with  written  evidence  that such
insurance is in force.

        8.5  Insurance  Policies.  Insurance  required  hereunder  shall  be  in
companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are
located, and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating"
of at least B+, V, or such other  rating as may be required by a Lender,  as set
forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide." Lessee shall not do
or permit to be done anything  which shall  invalidate  the  insurance  policies
referred to in this  Paragraph  8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor,
within  seven (7) days  after the  earlier of the Early  Possession  Date or the
Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence
and amounts of, the insurance  required under Paragraph  8.2(a) and 8.4. No such
policy shall be cancelable or subject to  modification  except after thirty (30)
days' prior  written  notice to Lessor.  Lessee  shall at least thirty (30) days
prior to the  expiration  of such  policies,  furnish  Lessor  with  evidence of
renewals or "insurance  binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order
such  insurance  and charge the cost  thereof to Lessee,  which  amount shall be
payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

        8.6  Waiver  of  Subrogation.  Without  affecting  any  other  rights or
remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive
their entire right to recover  damages  (whether in contract or in tort) against
the other,  for loss or damage to their  property  arising out of or incident to
the perils  required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such
releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the
amount of  insurance  carried  or  required,  or by any  deductibles  applicable
thereto.  Lessor and Lessee agree to have their respective  insurance  companies
issuing  property  damage  insurance  waive any right to  subrogation  that such
companies may have against Lessor or Lessee,  as the case may be, so long as the
insurance is not invalidated thereby.

        8.7 Indemnity.  Except for Lessor's  negligence and/or breach of express
warranties,  Lessee  shall  indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold  harmless  the
Premises,  Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and
Lenders, from and


                                     E-103
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 14


against  any and all  claims,  loss  of  rents  and/or  damages,  costs,  liens,
judgments,  penalties,  loss  of  permits,  attorneys'  and  consultants'  fees,
expenses and/or  liabilities  arising out of, involving,  or in connection with,
the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's  business,  any
act,  omission  or neglect of Lessee,  its  agents,  contractors,  employees  or
invitees,  and out of any  Default or Breach by Lessee in the  performance  in a
timely  manner of any  obligation  on Lessee's  part to be performed  under this
Lease.  The  foregoing  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the  defense or
pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding  involved therein,  and whether
or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor)  litigated  and/or reduced to
judgment.  In case any action or proceeding be brought  against Lessor by reason
of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the
same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor
shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so indemnified.

        8.8 Exemption of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  contractors,  invitees,  customers,  or any other
person in or about the  Premises,  whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage,  obstruction  or  other  defects  of  pipes,  fire  sprinklers,  wires,
appliances,  plumbing,  air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause,  whether said injury or damage results from  conditions  arising upon the
Premises or upon other  portions of the  Building  of which the  Premises  are a
part, from other sources or places,  and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not. Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any
other lease in the Industrial  Center.  Notwithstanding  Lessor's  negligence or
breach of this Lease,  Lessor shall under no  circumstances be liable for injury
to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9.      Damage or Destruction.

        9.1 Definitions.

                      (a)    "Premises Partial Damage" shall mean damage
or destruction to the Premises,  other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty
percent (50%) of the then Replacement  Cost (as defined in Paragraph  9.1(d)) of
the Premises (excluding  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility Installations and
Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

                      (b)    "Premises Total Destruction" shall mean
damage or destruction to the Premises,  other than Lessee-Owned  Alterations and
Utility  Installations,  the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty
percent (50%) or more of the then  Replacement  Cost of the Premises  (excluding
Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility   Installations   and  Trade  Fixtures)
immediately  prior  to such  damage  or  destruction.  In  addition,  damage  or
destruction to the Building,  other than  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations  and Trade  Fixtures of any lessees of the  Building,  the cost of
which  damage  or  destruction  is  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more  of the  then
Replacement Cost (excluding  Lessee-Owned  Alterations and Utility Installations
and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building) of the Building


                                     E-104
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 15


shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed to be Premises Total Destruction.

                      (c)    "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or
destruction to the Premises,  other than  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations  and Trade  Fixtures,  which was caused by an event required to be
covered by the  insurance  described in  Paragraph  8.3(a)  irrespective  of any
deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

                      (d)    "Replacement Cost" shall mean the cost to
repair or rebuild the Improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence
to their condition  existing  immediately prior thereto,  including  demolition,
debris  removal and upgrading  required by the operation of applicable  building
codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

                      (e)    "Hazardous Substance Condition" shall mean
the  occurrence  or  discovery  of a condition  involving  the presence of, or a
contamination by, a Hazardous  Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on,
or under the Premises.

        9.2 Premises  Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If Premises  Partial Damage
that is an Insured Loss occurs,  then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,  repair
such damage (but not Lessee's Trade  Fixtures or  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and
Utility  Installations)  as soon as  reasonably  possible  and this Lease  shall
continue  in full  force and  effect.  In the  event,  however,  that there is a
shortage of  insurance  proceeds and such  shortage is due to the fact that,  by
reason  of  the  unique  nature  of  the  improvements  in  the  Premises,  full
replacement  cost  insurance  coverage  was  not  commercially   reasonable  and
available,  Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance
proceeds or to fully  restore the unique  aspects of the Premises  unless Lessee
provides  Lessor with the funds to cover same,  or adequate  assurance  thereof,
within ten (10) days  following  receipt of written  notice of such shortage and
request  therefor.  If Lessor receives said funds or adequate  assurance thereof
within  said  ten  (10)  day  period,  Lessor  shall  complete  them  as soon as
reasonably  possible  and this Lease shall  remain in full force and effect.  If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance  within said period,  Lessor may
nevertheless  elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days  thereafter
to make such  restoration and repair as is  commercially  reasonable with Lessor
paying any shortage in  proceeds,  in which case this Lease shall remain in full
force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within such
ten (10) day period, and if Lessor does not so elect to restore and repair, then
this Lease shall  terminate  sixty (60) days  following  the  occurrence  of the
damage or destruction.  Unless otherwise  agreed,  Lessee shall in no event have
any right to  reimbursement  from Lessor for any funds  contributed by Lessee to
repair any such damage or destruction.  Premises  Partial Damage due to flood or
earthquake  shall be  subject  to  Paragraph  9.3  rather  than  Paragraph  9.2,
notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage,  but the net proceeds
of any such insurance  shall be made available for the repairs if made by either
Party.

        9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If Premises  Partial Damage that is
not an Insured  Loss  occurs,  unless  caused by a  negligent  or willful act of
Lessee (in which event Lessee  shall make  repairs at Lessee's  expense and this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect),  Lessor may at Lessor's  option,
either  (i)  repair  such  damage as soon as  reasonably  possible  at  Lessor's
expense,  in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  or
(ii) give  written  notice to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt by
Lessor of


                                     E-105
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 16


knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's  desire to terminate this
Lease as of the date sixty (60) days  following the date of such notice.  In the
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's  intention to terminate this
Lease,  Lessee  shall have the right  within ten (10) days after the  receipt of
such notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment to pay for
the repair of such damage totally at Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement
from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory
assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment from Lessee.
In such event this Lease shall  continue  in full force and  effect,  and Lessor
shall  proceed to make such  repairs as soon as  reasonably  possible  after the
required  funds are  available.  If Lessee does not give such notice and provide
the funds or assurance  thereof  within the times  specified  above,  this Lease
shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

        9.4 Total  Destruction.  Notwithstanding  any other provision hereof, if
Premises Total  Destruction  occurs  (including any destruction  required by any
authorized  public  authority),  this  Lease  shall  terminate  sixty  (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee.  In the event,  however,  that the damage or  destruction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

        9.5  Damage  Near End of Term.  If at any time  during  the last six (6)
months of the term of this  Lease  there is damage  for which the cost to repair
exceeds one month's Base Rent,  whether or not an Insured  Loss,  Lessor may, at
Lessor's  option,  terminate this Lease  effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided,  however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by (a) exercising such option,  and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage
in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs
on or before the  earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after  Lessee's
receipt of Lessor's  written notice  purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii)
the day  prior to the date upon  which  such  option  expires.  If  Lessee  duly
exercises  such option  during such  period and  provides  Lessor with funds (or
adequate assurances thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor
shall, at Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise
such option and provide  such funds or assurance  during such period,  then this
Lease  shall  terminate  as of the date set forth in the first  sentence of this
Paragraph 9.5.

        9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

                      (a)    In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage
or  (ii)  Hazardous   Substance  Condition  for  which  Lessee  is  not  legally
responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if
any, payable by Lessee  hereunder  for the period  during  which such  damage or
condition, its repair,  remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in
proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired,  but
not in excess of proceeds from insurance  required to be carried under Paragraph
8.3(b).  Except for abatement of Base Rent,  Common Area Operating  Expenses and
other charges,  if any, as aforesaid,  all other obligations of Lessee hereunder
shall be performed by Lessee,  and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for
any  damage  suffered  by  reason  of  any  such  damage,  destruction,  repair,
remediation or restoration.


                                     E-106
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 17


                      (b)    If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or
restore the  Premises  under the  provisions  of this  Paragraph 9 and shall not
commence,  in a substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the
Premises within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may,
at any time  prior to the  commencement  of such  repair  or  restoration,  give
written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of
Lessee's  election  to  terminate  this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60)
days following the giving of such notice.  If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor
and such Lenders and such repair or restoration  is not commenced  within thirty
(30) days after  receipt of such  notice,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the
date  specified in said notice.  If Lessor or a Lender  commences  the repair or
restoration  of the Premises  within  thirty (30) days after the receipt of such
notice,  this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  "Commence" as used
in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the  unconditional  authorization of the
preparation  of the required  plans,  or the beginning of the actual work on the
Premises, whichever occurs first.

        9.7 Hazardous Substance  Conditions.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs,  unless  Lessee is legally  responsible  therefor  (in which case Lessee
shall make the  investigation  and  remediation  thereof  required by Applicable
Requirements  and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect but subject
to Lessor's  rights under  Paragraph  6.2(c) and  Paragraph  13),  Lessor may at
Lessor's option either (i)  investigate  and remediate such Hazardous  Substance
Condition,  if required,  as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in
which event this Lease shall  continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) if the
estimated cost to investigate  and remediate such condition  exceeds twelve (12)
times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever is greater,  give written
notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of
the  occurrence  of such  Hazardous  Substance  Condition of Lessor's  desire to
terminate  this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days  following the date of such
notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's  intention to
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment
to pay for  the  excess  costs  of (a)  investigation  and  remediation  of such
Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements,
over (b) an amount  equal to twelve  (12)  times the then  monthly  Base Rent or
$100,000,  whichever  is greater.  Lessee  shall  provide  Lessor with the funds
required of Lessee or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within thirty (30) days
following said commitment by Lessee.  In such event this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such  investigation and
remediation  as soon  as  reasonably  possible  after  the  required  funds  are
available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or
assurance  thereof  within the time  period  specified  above,  this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

        9.8  Termination  - Advance  Payments.  Upon  termination  of this Lease
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance  payment
made by Lessee to Lessor  and so much of  Lessee's  Security  Deposit as has not
been,  or is not then  required  to be,  used by Lessor  under the terms of this
Lease.

        9.9 Waiver of  Statutes.  Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this
Lease shall  govern the effect of any damage to or  destruction  of the Premises
and the Building with respect to the  termination of this Lease and hereby waive
the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent
herewith.


                                     E-107
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 18



10.     Real Property Taxes.  (See Addendum #1, Paragraph 51)

        10.1 Payment of Taxes.  Lessor  shall pay the Real  Property  Taxes,  as
defined in Paragraph 10.2.

        10.2 Real  Property  Tax  Definition.  As used  herein,  the term  "Real
Property  Taxes"  shall  include  any  form of real  estate  tax or  assessment,
general,  special,  ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee,  commercial
rental tax,  improvement  bond or bonds,  levy or tax (other  than  inheritance,
personal  income or estate  taxes)  imposed  upon the  Industrial  Center by any
authority having the direct or indirect power to tax,  including any city, state
or federal  government,  or any school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  fire, street,
drainage,  or other improvement  district  thereof,  levied against any legal or
equitable  interest of Lessor in the Industrial  Center or any portion  thereof,
Lessor's right to rent or other income  therefrom,  and/or Lessor's  business of
leasing the Premises. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also include any tax,
fee, levy,  assessment or charge, or any increase therein,  imposed by reason of
events occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of
this  Lease,  including  but not  limited  to a change in the  ownership  of the
Industrial Center or in the improvements  thereon,  the execution of this Lease,
or  any  modification,  amendment  or  transfer  thereof,  and  whether  or  not
contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar
year,  the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in
the  calculation  of Real  Property  Taxes for such calendar year based upon the
number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

        10.3 Additional  Improvements.  Common Area Operating Expenses shall not
include Real Property  Taxes  specified in the tax  assessor's  records and work
sheets as being caused by  additional  improvements  placed upon the  Industrial
Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the  exclusive  enjoyment of such other
lessees.  Notwithstanding  Paragraph 10.1 hereof,  Lessee shall, however, pay to
Lessor at the time Common Area  Operating  Expenses are payable under  Paragraph
(See Addendum #1,  Paragraph  51), the entirety of any increase in Real Property
Taxes if assessed  solely by reason of  Alterations,  Trade  Fixtures or Utility
Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

        10.4 Joint Assessment.  If the Building is not separately assessed, Real
Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the
Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax
parcel assessed,  such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations  assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other  information as
may be reasonably available,  Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good
faith, shall be conclusive.

        10.5 Lessee's Property Taxes.  Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes  assessed  against and levied upon  Lessee-Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations,  Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When
possible,   Lessee  shall  cause  its   Lessee-Owned   Alterations  and  Utility
Installations,  Trade  Fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed  separately from the real property of Lessor.
If any of Lessee's said property  shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes  attributable to Lessee's  property within ten
(10) days after receipt of a written


                                     E-108
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 19


statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied
to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity,  telephone, security,
gas and cleaning of the Premises,  together with any taxes thereon.  If any such
utilities or services are not  separately  metered to the Premises or separately
billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a reasonable proportion to be
determined  by Lessor of all such charges  jointly  metered or billed with other
premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in
Paragraph (See Addendum #1, Paragraph 50).

12.     Assignment and Subletting.

        12.1 Lessor's Consent Required.

                      (a)    Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation
of  law  assign,   transfer,   mortgage  or   otherwise   transfer  or  encumber
(collectively,  "assign") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this
Lease or in the Premises  without Lessor's prior written consent given under and
subject to the terms of Paragraph 36.

                      (b)    A change in the control of Lessee shall
constitute  an  assignment  requiring  Lessor's  consent.  The  transfer,  on  a
cumulative basis, of twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of the voting control of
Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

                      (c)    The involvement of Lessee or its assets in
any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition,
financing,  refinancing,  transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise),  whether or
not a formal  assignment  or  hypothecation  of this  Lease or  Lessee's  assets
occurs,  which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee,
as  hereinafter  defined,  by an amount  equal to or  greater  than  twenty-five
percent (25%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the
time of full  execution  and  delivery  of this Lease or at the time of the most
recent  assignment to which Lessor has  consented,  or as it exists  immediately
prior to said  transaction  or  transactions  constituting  such  reduction,  at
whichever  time said Net Worth of Lessee was or is greater,  shall be considered
an  assignment of this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may  reasonably  withhold
its  consent.  "Net Worth of Lessee" for purposes of this Lease shall be the net
worth of Lessee (excluding any Guarantors)  established under generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.

                      (d)    An assignment or subletting of Lessee's
interest in this Lease without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at
Lessor's  option,  be a Default  curable after notice per  Paragraph  13.1, or a
non-curable  Breach  without the  necessity of any notice and grace  period.  If
Lessor  elects to treat  such  unconsented  to  assignment  or  subletting  as a
non-curable  Breach,  Lessor shall have the right to either:  (i) terminate this
Lease,  or (ii) upon  thirty  (30) days'  written  notice  ("Lessor's  Notice"),
increase  the monthly Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair
market rental value of the Premises,  as reasonably  determined by Lessor or one
hundred  ten  percent   (110%)  of  the  Base  Rent  then  in  effect.   Pending
determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by Lessee, Lessee
shall pay the amount set forth in Lessor's Notice, with any overpayment credited
against the next  installment(s)  of Base Rent coming due, and any  underpayment
for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment


                                     E-109
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 20


being due and payable  immediately upon the determination  thereof.  Further, in
the event of such Breach and rental  adjustment, (i) the  purchase  price of any
option to  purchase  the  Premises  held by Lessee  shall be  subject to similar
adjustment  to the then fair market  value as  reasonably  determined  by Lessor
(without  the  Lease  being  considered  an  encumbrance  or any  deduction  for
depreciation  or  obsolescence,  and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good  condition) or one hundred ten percent  (110%) of the price
previously  in  effect,  (ii) any  index-oriented  rental  or  price  adjustment
formulas  contained  in this Lease shall be  adjusted  to require  that the base
index be determined  with reference to the index  applicable to the time of such
adjustment,  and  (iii)  any  fixed  rental  adjustments  scheduled  during  the
remainder  of the Lease  term  shall be  increased  in the same ratio as the new
rental  bears to the Base Rent in  effect  immediately  prior to the  adjustment
specified in Lessor's Notice.

                      (e)    Lessee's remedy for any breach of this
Paragraph  12.1 by  Lessor  shall be  limited  to  compensatory  damages  and/or
injunctive relief.

        12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

                      (a)    Regardless of Lessor's consent, any
assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective  without the express written
assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this
Lease,  (ii) release Lessee of any  obligations  hereunder,  nor (iii) alter the
primary  liability  of Lessee  for the  payment  of Base Rent and other sums due
Lessor hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed
by Lessee under this Lease.

                      (b)    Lessor may accept any rent or performance of
Lessee's  obligations  from any person  other than  Lessee  pending  approval or
disapproval of an assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of
such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance  shall constitute
a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's  right to exercise its remedies for the Default
or Breach by Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

                      (c)    The consent of Lessor to any assignment or
subletting  shall not  constitute  a consent  to any  subsequent  assignment  or
subletting by Lessee or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting
by the  assignee  or  sublessee.  However,  Lessor  may  consent  to  subsequent
sublettings and  assignments of the sublease or any amendments or  modifications
thereto without  notifying  Lessee or anyone else liable under this Lease or the
sublease and without obtaining their consent,  and such action shall not relieve
such persons from liability under this Lease or the sublease.

                      (d)    In the event of any Default or Breach of
Lessee's  obligation  under this  Lease,  Lessor may  proceed  directly  against
Lessee,  any Guarantors or anyone else  responsible  for the  performance of the
Lessee's  obligations under this Lease,  including any sublessee,  without first
exhausting  Lessor's  remedies  against any other  person or entity  responsible
therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

                      (e)    Each request for consent to an assignment or
subletting shall be in writing,  accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's
determination   as  to  the  financial  and   operational   responsibility   and
appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited
to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any,


                                     E-110
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 21


together  with a  non-refundable  deposit of $1,000 or ten percent  (10%) of the
monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject
of the proposed  assignment  or sublease,  whichever is greater,  as  reasonable
consideration  for Lessor's  considering and processing the request for consent.
Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or
documentation as may be reasonably requested by Lessor.

                      (f)    Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this
Lease  shall,  by reason of  accepting  such  assignment  or entering  into such
sublease,  be deemed,  for the benefit of Lessor,  to have assumed and agreed to
conform and comply with each and every term, covenant,  condition and obligation
herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment
or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with
provisions  of an  assignment  or  sublease  to which  Lessor  has  specifically
consented in writing.

                      (g)    The occurrence of a transaction described in
Paragraph  12.2(c)  shall  give  Lessor the right  (but not the  obligation)  to
require  that the  Security  Deposit be  increased by an amount equal to six (6)
times the then  monthly  Base Rent,  and  Lessor may make the actual  receipt by
Lessor of the Security  Deposit increase a condition to Lessor's consent to such
transaction.

                      (h)    Lessor, as a condition to giving its consent
to any  assignment  or  subletting,  may require that the amount and  adjustment
schedule  of the rent  payable  under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the
market value and/or adjustment  schedule for property similar to the Premises as
then constituted, as determined by Lessor.

        12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting.

                      The following terms and conditions shall apply to
any  subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed
included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated
therein:

                      (a)    Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor
all of Lessee's  interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of
all or a portion of the Premises  heretofore  or hereafter  made by Lessee,  and
Lessor  may  collect  such  rent and  income  and  apply  same  toward  Lessee's
obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined
in Paragraph 13.1) shall occur in the performance of Lessee's  obligations under
this Lease,  Lessee may,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  receive,
collect and enjoy the rents accruing  under such sublease.  Lessor shall not, by
reason of the  foregoing  provision or any other  assignment of such sublease to
Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed
liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any
of Lessee's  obligations  to such sublessee  under such Sublease.  Lessee hereby
irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written
notice from Lessor  stating that a Breach exists in the  performance of Lessee's
obligations  under this Lease,  to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due
and to  become  due  under  the  sublease.  Sublessee  shall  rely upon any such
statement  and request from Lessor and shall pay such rents and other charges to
Lessor  without  any  obligation  or right to inquire as to whether  such Breach
exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary.
Lessee shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the Breach
has been cured,


                                     E-111
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 22


against  Lessor,  for any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee
to Lessor.

                      (b)    In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the
performance  of its  obligations  under this  Lease,  Lessor,  at its option and
without any  obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor,
in which event Lessor shall  undertake the  obligations  of the sublessor  under
such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the  expiration of
such  sublease;  provided,  however,  Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid
rents or security  deposit paid by such  sublessee to such  sublessor or for any
other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

                      (c)    Any matter or thing requiring the consent of
the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of
Lessor herein.

                      (d)    No sublessee under a sublease approved by
Lessor shall  further  assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises  without
Lessor's prior written consent.

                      (e)    Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of
Default or Breach by Lessee to the  sublessee,  who shall have the right to cure
the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice.
The sublessee  shall have a right of  reimbursement  and offset from and against
Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13.     Default; Breach; Remedies.

        13.1  Default;  Breach.  Lessor and Lessee  agree that if an attorney is
consulted  by  Lessor  in  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter  defined),  $350.00 is a reasonable  minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal  services  and costs in the  preparation  and  service  of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said  default.  A "Default"  by Lessee is
defined as a failure by Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or perform  any of the
terms,  covenants,  conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A
"Breach"  by  Lessee  is  defined  as the  occurrence  of any one or more of the
following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified
herein,  the failure by Lessee to cure such Default  prior to the  expiration of
the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set
forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:

                      (a)    The vacating of the Premises without the
intention to reoccupy same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

                      (b)    Except as expressly otherwise provided in
this Lease,  the  failure by Lessee to make any  payment of Base Rent,  Lessee's
Share of Common Area Operating Expenses,  or any other monetary payment required
to be made by Lessee hereunder as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide
Lessor with reasonable  evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this
Lease, or the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which
endangers or  threatens  life or property,  where such failure  continues  for a
period of three (3) days  following  written  notice  thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee.

                      (c)    Except as expressly otherwise provided in
this Lease,  the failure by Lessee to provide  Lessor  with  reasonable  written
evidence (in duly executed  original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with
Applicable Requirements per


                                     E-112
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 23


Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection,  maintenance and service contracts  required
under Paragraph  7.1(b),  (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized  assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37,
(v) the subordination or  non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi)
the  guaranty of the  performance  of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease if
required  under  Paragraphs  1.11 and 37,  (vii) the  execution  of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements),  or (viii) any other  documentation or
information  which  Lessor may  reasonably  require of Lessee under the terms of
this  lease,  where  any such  failure  continues  for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

                      (d)    A Default by Lessee as to the terms,
covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under
Paragraph  40 hereof that are to be  observed,  complied  with or  performed  by
Lessee, other than those described in Subparagraphs  13.1(a), (b) or (c), above,
where such  Default  continues  for a period of thirty  (30) days after  written
notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however, that if
the  nature of  Lessee's  Default  is such that more than  thirty  (30) days are
reasonably  required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of
this Lease by Lessee if Lessee  commences  such cure within said thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

                      (e)    The occurrence of any of the following
events:  (i) the making by Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment for
the benefit of  creditors;  (ii)  Lessee's  becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11
U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a
petition filed against  Lessee,  the same is dismissed  within sixty (60) days);
(iii)  the   appointment  of  a  trustee  or  receiver  to  take  possession  of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty
(30)  days;  or (iv) the  attachment,  execution  or other  judicial  seizure of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease,  where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days;  provided,  however,  in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph
13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable  law, such provision  shall be of no force
or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

                      (f)    The discovery by Lessor that any financial
statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor, given to Lessor by
Lessee or any Guarantor, was materially false.

                      (g)    If the performance of Lessee's obligations
under  this  Lease  is  guaranteed:  (i) the  death  of a  Guarantor,  (ii)  the
termination of a Guarantor's  liability with respect to this lease other than in
accordance  with  the  terms  of such  guaranty,  (iii) a  Guarantor's  becoming
insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing,  (iv) a Guarantor's  refusal to
honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an
anticipatory  breach  basis,  and  Lessee's  failure,  within  sixty  (60)  days
following  written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,
to provide Lessor with written alternative  assurances of security,  which, when
coupled  with the then  existing  resources  of  Lessee, equals or  exceeds  the
combined  financial  resources of Lessee and the Guarantors  that existed at the
time of execution of this Lease.

        13.2  Remedies  If  Lessee  fails to  perform  any  affirmative  duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an


                                     E-113
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 24


emergency,  without notice), Lessor may at its option (but without obligation to
do so),  perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's  behalf,  including but not
limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,  insurance  policies,  or
governmental licenses,  permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such
performance  by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee to Lessor upon invoice
therefor.  If any check  given to Lessor by Lessee  shall not be  honored by the
bank upon which it is drawn,  Lessor, at its own option,  may require all future
payments  to be made  under  this  Lease by Lessee to be made only by  cashier's
check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee (as defined in Paragraph
13.1), with or without further notice or demand,  and without limiting Lessor in
the  exercise  of any right or remedy  which  Lessor  may have by reason of such
Breach, Lessor may:

                      (a)    Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the
Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall
terminate and Lessee shall immediately  surrender  possession of the Premises to
Lessor.  In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee:  (i) the
worth at the time of the award of the unpaid  rent which had been  earned at the
time of termination;  (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award  exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee  proves could have
been reasonably  avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which  the  unpaid  rent for the  balance  of the term  after  the time of award
exceeds  the  amount  of such  rental  loss  that  the  Lessee  proves  could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the  detriment  proximately  caused by the  Lessee's  failure to perform its
obligations  under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom,  including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession  of  the  Premises,   expenses  of  reletting,   including  necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises,  reasonable attorneys' fees, and that
portion of any leasing  commission  paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease
applicable to the unexpired  term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award
of the  amount  referred  to in  provision  (iii) of the  immediately  preceding
sentence  shall be computed by  discounting  such amount at the discount rate of
the Federal  Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal  Reserve Bank District
in which the  Premises  are located at the time of award plus one percent  (1%).
Efforts by Lessor to mitigate  damages  caused by Lessee's  Default or Breach of
this  Lease  shall  not waive  Lessor's  right to  recover  damages  under  this
Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional
remedy of  unlawful  detainer,  Lessor  shall  have the right to recover in such
proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may
reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such
rent and/or damages.  If a notice and grace period  required under  Subparagraph
13.1(b),  (c) or (d) was not previously  given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or
to  perform  or quit,  as the case may be,  given to Lessee  under  any  statute
authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute
the  applicable  notice  for grace  period  purposes  required  by  Subparagraph
13.1(b),  (c) or (d).  In such  case,  the  applicable  grace  period  under the
unlawful  detainer statute shall run  concurrently  after the one such statutory
notice,  and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the
two (2) such grace  periods  shall  constitute  both an unlawful  detainer and a
Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease
and/or by said statute.


                                     E-114
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 25


                      (b)    Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to
possession in effect (in California  under California Civil Code Section 1951.4)
after Lessee's  Breach and recover the rent as it becomes due,  provided  Lessee
has the right to sublet  or  assign,  subject  only to  reasonable  limitations.
Lessor and Lessee agree that the  limitations  on assignment  and  subletting in
this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet
the Premises,  or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interest
under this Lease,  shall not  constitute a termination  of the Lessee's right to
possession.

                      (c)    Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter
available to Lessor under the laws or judicial  decisions of the state where the
Premises are located.

                      (d)    The expiration or termination of this Lease
and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession  shall not relieve Lessee
from  liability  under any  indemnity  provisions  of this  Lease as to  matters
occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's  occupancy
of the Premises.

        13.3  Inducement  Recapture in Event of Breach.  Any agreement by Lessor
for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions  are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions"  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee's full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach (as  defined in  Paragraph  13.1) of this Lease by Lessee,  any such
Inducement  Provision shall  automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus,  inducement or
consideration  theretofore  abated,  given  or  paid  by  Lessor  under  such an
Inducement  Provision  shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and   recoverable  by  Lessor,   as  additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initiated  the operation of this
Paragraph  13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this
Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.

        13.4 Late  Charges.  Lessee  hereby  acknowledges  that late  payment by
Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur
costs  not  contemplated  by this  Lease,  the  exact  amount  of which  will be
extremely  difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to,
processing  and accounting  charges,  and late charges which may be imposed upon
Lessor by the terms of any ground lease,  mortgage or deed of trust covering the
Premises.  Accordingly,  if any installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee
shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee within ten (10) days after
such amount shall be due, then,  without any  requirement  for notice to Lessee,
Lessee  shall  pay to Lessor a late  charge  equal to six  percent  (6%) of such
overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair
and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment
by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute
a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount,  nor
prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other rights and  remedies  granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,  whether or not
collected,   for  three  (3)   consecutive   installments  of  Base  Rent,  then
notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other


                                     E-115
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 26


provision of this Lease to the contrary,  Base Rent shall,  at Lessor's  option,
become due and payable quarterly in advance.

        13.5  Breach  by  Lessor.  Lessor  shall not be deemed in breach of this
Lease unless  Lessor fails  within a  reasonable  time to perform an  obligation
required to be  performed  by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.5, a
reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by
Lessor, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to
Lessee in writing for such purpose,  of written notice  specifying  wherein such
obligation  of Lessor has not been  performed;  provided,  however,  that if the
nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such
notice are reasonably required for its performance,  then Lessor shall not be in
breach of this Lease if  performance  is  commenced  within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent  domain or sold under the threat of the  exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises,  or more than twenty-five  percent (25%) of the portion of
the Common Areas  designated  for Lessee's  parking,  is taken by  condemnation,
Lessee may, at Lessee's option,  to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days
after Lessor shall have given  Lessee  written  notice of such taking (or in the
absence of such  notice,  within ten (10) days  after the  condemning  authority
shall have taken possession)  terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority  takes such  possession.  If Lessee does not  terminate  this Lease in
accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises remaining,  except that the Base Rent shall be
reduced in the same  proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken
bears to the total  rentable  floor area of the  Premises.  No reduction of Base
Rent  shall  occur if the  condemnation  does not  apply to any  portion  of the
Premises.  Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such
power  shall be the  property  of Lessor,  whether  such award  shall be made as
compensation  for  diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages;  provided,  however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any  compensation,  separately  awarded  to Lessee  for  Lessee's  relocation
expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is
not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its
net severance damages  received,  over and above Lessee's Share of the legal and
other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter,  repair any damage
to  the  Premises  caused  by  such  condemnation  authority.  Lessee  shall  be
responsible  for the  payment  of any  amount in  excess  of such net  severance
damages required to complete such repair.


                                     E-116
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 27

        15.3  Assumption  of  Obligations.  Any buyer or  transferee of Lessor's
interest in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of
law, shall be deemed to have assumed  Lessor's  obligation  under this Paragraph
15. Each Broker shall be an intended  third party  beneficiary of the provisions
of Paragraph  1.10 and of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of its interest in any
commission  arising from this Lease and may enforce that right directly  against
Lessor and its successors.

        15.4  Representations  and Warranties.  Lessee and Lessor each represent
and  warrant to the other that it has had no  dealings  with any  person,  firm,
broker or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10(a) in connection with the
negotiation  of  this  Lease  and/or  the   consummation   of  the   transaction
contemplated  hereby,  and that no broker or other person,  firm or entity other
than said named  Broker(s)  is entitled  to any  commission  or finder's  fee in
connection  with said  transaction.  Lessee  and Lessor do each hereby  agree to
indemnify,  protect,  defend  and  hold the  other  harmless  from  and  against
liability for  compensation  or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker,  finder or other  similar  party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the Indemnifying Party,  including any costs,  expenses,  and/or attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16.     Tenancy and Financial Statements.

        16.1 Tenancy Statement.  Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within
ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party")
execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing
in a form similar to the then most current "Tenant  Statement" from published by
the  American   Industrial  Real  Estate   Association,   plus  such  additional
information,  confirmation  and/or statements as may be reasonably  requested by
the Requesting Party.

        16.2 Financial Statement.  If Lessor desires to finance,  refinance,  or
sell  the  Premises  or the  Building,  or any  part  thereof,  Lessee  and  all
Guarantors  shall  delivery to any potential  lender or purchaser  designated by
Lessor  such  financial  statements  of  Lessee  and such  Guarantors  as may be
reasonably  required by such lender or  purchaser,  including but not limited to
Lessee's  financial  statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial
statements  shall  be  received  by  Lessor  and such  lender  or  purchaser  in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of
a transfer  of  Lessor's  title or  interest  in the  Premises or in this Lease,
Lessor shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee (in cash or by credit) any
unused  Security  Deposit  held  by  Lessor  at the  time of  such  transfer  or
assignment.  Except  as  provided  in  Paragraph  15.3,  upon such  transfer  or
assignment and delivery of the Security  Deposit as aforesaid,  the prior Lessor
shall be relieved of all liability


                                     E-117
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 28


with respect to the obligations  and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to
be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the  foregoing,  the  obligations  and/or
covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon
the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18.  Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges,  not received by Lessor within ten (10) days  following
the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime
rate  charged by the  largest  state  chartered  bank in  the state in which the
Premises are located plus four percent  (4%) per annum,  but not  exceeding  the
maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential  late charge  provided
for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined.  All monetary  obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other  Agreements;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all
agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each  represents  and warrants to the Brokers that it has made
and is relying solely upon,  its own  investigation  as to the nature,  quality,
character and financial  responsibility  of the other party to this Lease and as
to  the  nature,  quality  and  character  of  the  Premises.  Brokers  have  no
responsibility  with  respect  thereto or with  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary
of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. Notices.

        23.1 Notice  Requirements.  All notices  required or  permitted  by this
Lease  shall  be in  writing  and may be  delivered  in  person  (by  hand or by
messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered
mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid,  or by facsimile
transmission  during normal  business  hours,  and shall be deemed  sufficiently
given if served in a manner  specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted
adjacent to a Party's  signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for
delivery or mailing of notice  purposes.  Either Party may by written  notice to
the other  specify a  different  address for notice  purposes,  except that upon
Lessee's  taking  possession  of the  Premises,  the  Premises shall  constitute
Lessee's  address for the purpose of mailing or delivering  notices to Lessee. A
copy of all notices  required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall
be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

        23.2 Date of Notice.  Any notice sent by registered  or certified  mail,
return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on
the receipt card, or if no delivery data is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent
by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given  forty-eight  (48) hours after
the same is  addressed  as  required  herein and mailed  with  postage  prepaid.
Notices delivered by United States Express Mail


                                     E-118
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 29


or overnight  courier that  guarantees  next day delivery  shall be deemed given
twenty-four  (24) hours after  delivery of the same to the United  States Postal
Service or courier.  If any notice is transmitted by facsimile  transmission  or
similar  means,  the same shall be deemed served or delivered  upon telephone or
facsimile  confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof,  provided a copy
is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday or a
Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  hereof by  Lessee,  shall be  deemed a waiver of any other  term,
covenant or condition hereof,  or of any subsequent  Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or any other term,  covenant or condition  hereof.  Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary  the
obtaining of Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of any estoppel to enforce the provision
or  provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such  consent.  Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting  rent,  the acceptance
of rent by Lessor  shall not be a waiver of any  Default  or Breach by Lessee of
any  provision  hereof.  Any payment  given  Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by
Lessor  on  account  of  moneys  or  damages  due  Lessor,  notwithstanding  any
qualifying  statements  or conditions  made by Lessee in  connection  therewith,
which  such  statements  and/or  conditions  shall  be of  no  force  or  effect
whatsoever unless  specifically  agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  Party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26.  No Right To  Holdover.  Lessee  has no right to  retain  possession  of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.  In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this  Paragraph
26 then the Base  Rent  payable  from and after  the time of the  expiration  or
earlier  termination  of this Lease shall be  increased  to two hundred  percent
(200%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month  immediately  preceding such
expiration or earlier  termination.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed
as a consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  Covenants and  Conditions.  All  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties,
their  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the
Parties hereto  concerning  this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

        30.1  Subordination.  This Lease and any Option  granted hereby shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  deed of trust, or other
hypothecation or security device (collectively,


                                     E-119
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 30


"Security Device"),  now or hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of
which the  Premises  are a part,  to any and all  advances  made on the security
thereof, and to all renewals,  modifications,  consolidations,  replacements and
extensions  thereof.  Lessee  agrees that the Lenders  holding any such Security
Device  shall  have no duty,  liability  or  obligation  to  perform  any of the
Obligations  of Lessor  under  this  Lease,  but that in the  event of  Lessor's
default with respect to any such  obligation,  Lessee will give any Lender whose
name and address have been  furnished  Lessee in writing for such purpose notice
of Lessor's  default  pursuant to Paragraph  13.5.  If any Lender shall elect to
have this Lease  and/or any Option  granted  hereby  superior to the lien of its
Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and
such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device,  notwithstanding the
relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

        30.2 Attornment.  Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph
30.3,  Lessee  agrees to attorn  to a Lender  or any  other  party who  acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security  Device,  and
that in the event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events  occurring
prior to  acquisition  of ownership,  (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which  Lessee  might  have  against  any  prior  lessor,  or  (iii)  be bound by
prepayment of more than one month's rent.

        30.3  Non-Disturbance.  With respect to Security Devices entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this lease,  Lessee's  subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving  assurance (a  "non-disturbance  agreement")  from
the Lender that  Lessee's  possession  and this Lease,  including any options to
extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach
hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

        30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall
be effective without the execution of any further documents,  provided, however,
that upon  written  request from Lessor or a Lender in  connection  with a sale,
financing  or  refinancing  of Premises,  Lessee and Lessor  shall  execute such
further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any such
subordination or non-subordination,  attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) in any such proceeding,  action, or appeal thereon,  shall be
entitled to  reasonable  attorneys'  fees.  Such fees may be awarded in the same
suit or recovered in a separate  suit,  whether or not such action or proceeding
is pursued to decision or judgment.  The term "Prevailing  Party" shall include,
without limitation,  a Party or Broker who substantially  obtains or defeats the
relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise,  settlement, judgment,
or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its claim or  defense.  The
attorneys'  fee award  shall not be computed  in  accordance  with any court fee
schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably
incurred.  Lessor  shall be  entitled to  attorneys'  fees,  costs and  expenses
incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and  consultations  in
connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in
connection  with such Default or resulting  Breach.  Broker(s) shall be intended
third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any


                                     E-120
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 31


time,  in the case of an emergency,  and  otherwise at reasonable  times for the
purpose of showing to prospective  purchasers,  lenders, or lessees,  and making
such alterations,  repairs,  improvements or additions to the Premises or to the
Building, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary.  Lessor may at any time place
on or about the Premises or Building  any  ordinary  "For Sale" signs and Lessor
may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof
place  on or about  the  Premises  any  ordinary  "For  Lease"  signs.  All such
activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the
contrary in this Lease,  Lessor  shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or
the  Building,  except that Lessee may, with  Lessor's  prior  written  consent,
install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise
Lessee's  own  business  so long as such signs are in a location  designated  by
Lessor  and  comply  with  Applicable  Requirements  and  the  signage  criteria
established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The installation of any sign on
the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the  provisions of Paragraph 7
(Maintenance,  Repairs, Utility Installations,  Trade Fixtures and Alterations).
Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein,  Lessor reserves all rights to the use
of the roof of the Building,  and the right to install  advertising signs on the
Building,  including  the roof,  which do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the
conduct of Lessee's business; Lessor shall be entitled to all revenues from such
advertising signs.

35.  Termination;  Merger.  Unless  specifically  stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises;  provided,  however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies.  Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser  interest,  shall constitute  Lessor's  election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

        (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof  (Auctions) or as otherwise  provided
herein,  wherever  in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other  Party,  such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  Lessor's  actual  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers' and other  consultants'  fees)
incurred in the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment a  subletting  or the presence or use of a
Hazardous  Substance,  shall be paid by  Lessee  to Lessor  upon  receipt  of an
invoice  and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  In  addition  to the deposit
described in Paragraph  12.2(e),  Lessor may, as a condition to considering  any
such  request by Lessee,  require  that Lessee  deposit with Lessor an amount of
money (in addition to the Security  Deposit held under  Paragraph 5)  reasonably
calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will incur in considering and


                                     E-121
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 32


responding  to Lessee's  request.  Any unused  portion of said deposit  shall be
refunded to Lessee without interest.  Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of
this Lease or  subletting  of the  Premises by Lessee  shall not  constitute  an
acknowledgement  that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease  exists,  nor
shall such  consent be deemed a waiver of any then  existing  Default or Breach,
except as may be otherwise  specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time
of such consent.

        (b) All  conditions  to Lessor's  consent  authorized  by this Lease are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable.  The failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the impositions by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37. Guarantor.

        37.1 Form of Guaranty.  If there are to be any  Guarantors of this Lease
per  Paragraph  1.11,  the form of the  guaranty  to be  executed  by each  such
Guarantor  shall  be in  the  form  most  recently  published  by  the  American
Industrial Real Estate Association,  and each such Guarantor shall have the same
obligations  as Lessee  under  this  Lease,  including  but not  limited  to the
obligation  to  provide  the  Tenancy  Statement  and  information  required  in
Paragraph 16.

        37.2 Additional Obligations of Guarantor.  It shall constitute a Default
of the Lessee  under this Lease if any such  Guarantor  fails or  refuses,  upon
reasonable  request by Lessor to give:  (a) evidence of the due execution of the
guaranty called for by this Lease, including the authority of the Guarantor (and
of the party signing on  Guarantor's  behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said
guaranty,  and  resolution of its board of directors  authorizing  the making of
such guaranty,  together with a certificate of incumbency showing the signatures
of  the  persons  authorized  to  sign  on its  behalf,  (b)  current  financial
statements  of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor,  (c) a
Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written  confirmation  that the guaranty is still in
effect.

38.  Quiet  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the  performance of all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's
part to be observed  and  performed  under this Lease,  Lessee  shall have quiet
possession  of the  Premises  for the entire term  hereof  subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease.

39. Options.

        39.1  Definition.  As used in this  Lease,  the  word  "Option"  has the
following  meaning:  (a) the right to extend  the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other  property of
Lessor;  (b) the right of first  refusal to lease the  Premises  or the right of
first offer to lease the  Premises or the right of first  refusal to lease other
property  of Lessor  or the  right of first  offer to lease  other  property  of
Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to
purchase the Premises,  or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or
the  right to  purchase  other  property  of  Lessor,  or the right of the first
refusal to purchase  other  property  of Lessor,  or the right of first offer to
purchase other property of Lessor.

        39.2 Options Personal to Original Lessee.  Each Option granted to Lessee
in this Lease is personal to the original


                                     E-122
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 33


Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily
assigned or exercised by any person or entity  other than said  original  Lessee
while the original  Lessee is in full and actual  possession of the Premises and
without the intention of thereafter  assigning or  subletting.  The Options,  if
any,  herein  granted  to  Lessee  are not  assignable,  either  as a part of an
assignment of this Lease or separately or apart therefrom,  and no Option may be
separated from this Lease in any manner, by reservation or otherwise.

        39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options
to extend or renew this Lease,  a later option  cannot be  exercised  unless the
prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

        39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

               (a)  Lessee   shall  have  no  right  to   exercise   an  Option,
notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during
the period  commencing  with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph
13.1 and  continuing  until the  noticed  Default is cured,  or (ii)  during the
period of time any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without
regard to whether  notice  thereof is given  Lessee),  or (iii)  during the time
Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to
Lessee  three (3) or more  notices of separate  Defaults  under  Paragraph  13.1
during the twelve (12) month period  immediately  preceding  the exercise of the
Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

               (b) The period of time  within  which an Option may be  exercised
shall be  extended or  enlarged  by reason of Lessee's inability  to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

               (c) All rights of Lessee under the  provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation  becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee  three (3) or more  notices to separate  Defaults  under  Paragraph  13.1
during any twelve month period,  whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii)
if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.  Rules and  Regulations.  Lessee  agrees that it will abide by, and keep and
observe all reasonable  rules and regulations  ("Rules and  Regulations")  which
Lessor  may  make  from  time to time  for the  management,  safety,  care,  and
cleanliness  of the  grounds,  the parking  and  unloading  of vehicles  and the
preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or
tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of the Premises,  Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42.  Reservations.  Lessor  reserves  the  right,  from time to time,  to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility
raceways, and dedications that


                                     E-123
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 34


Lessor  deems  necessary,  and to  cause  the  recordation  of  parcel  maps and
restrictions,  so long as  such  easements,  rights  of way,  utility  raceways,
dedications,  maps and restrictions do not reasonably  interfere with the use of
the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested
by  Lessor  to  effectuate  any  such  easement  rights,   dedication,   map  or
restrictions.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to  institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part  thereof,  said Party shall be entitled to recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

44.  Authority.  If either Party hereto is a corporation,  trust,  or general or
limited  partnership,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46.  Offer.  Preparation  of this Lease by either  Lessor or Lessee or  Lessor's
agent or Lessee's  agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be
deemed  an offer to  lease.  This  Lease is not  intended  to be  binding  until
executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47.  Amendments.  This  Lease may be  modified  only in  writing,  signed by the
parties in interest  at the time of the  modification.  The Parties  shall amend
this  Lease from time to time to reflect  any  adjustments  that are made to the
Base  Rent or  other  rent  payable  under  this  Lease.  As long as they do not
materially  change Lessee's  obligations  hereunder,  Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable  non-monetary  modifications  to  this  Lease  as may  be  reasonably
required  by an  institutional  insurance  company  or  pension  plan  Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, if more
than one  person or entity is named  herein  as  either  Lessor or  Lessee,  the
obligations   of  such   multiple   parties  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.


                                     E-124
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 35


                                   ADDENDUM #1
                                       TO
                               STANDARD/INDUSTRIAL
                          COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE
                                  MODIFIED NET

                             Dated January 16, 1998
                By and Between Plains Eagle Corporation as Lessor
                                       And
                   Pageant Technologies (USA), Inc. as Lessee

This Addendum to Lease ("this Addendum") is made and entered into by and between
Plains Eagle Corporation  (Lessor) and Pageant Technologies (USA), Inc. (Lessee)
and is dated as of the date set  forth on the first  page of the  Lease  between
Lessor and Lessee to which this Addendum is attached  (the Lease).  The Lease as
amended and  supplemented  by this Addendum is referred to  hereinafter as "this
Lease". The promises, covenants,  agreements and declarations made and set forth
herein are  intended to and shall have the same force and effect as if set forth
at length in the body of the Lease.  To the extent that the  provisions  of this
Addendum  are  inconsistent  with the terms and  conditions  of the  Lease,  the
provisions of this Addendum shall control.

49. Rent. Paragraph 1.5 and 4.1 is hereby added to as follows:

               (a)    rent in the monthly sum of $2,084.00 for and
                      during the first  twelve  months of the lease term for the
                      period January 1, 1998 - December 31, 1998

The 3% rent  escalation  rate applies to the second  through  third years of the
lease agreement as follows:

               (b)    rent in the  monthly sum of  $2,147.00  for and during the
                      second  twelve  months  of the lease  term for the  period
                      January 1, 1999 - December 31, 1999;

               (c)    rent in the  monthly sum of  $2,211.00  for and during the
                      third  twelve  months  of the  lease  term for the  period
                      January 1, 2000 - December 31, 2000;

50. Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses.  Paragraph 1.6(b), 4.2 and
    4.2(a-d)  of the Lease are hereby  deleted,  and the  following  language is
    substituted therefor:

Lessee shall pay on a prorated base per square foot  calculated to be 32% of the
following monthly/annual operating costs;

        1.     Water
        2.     City Sewer
        3.     Gas
        4.     Electric
        5.     Property Insurance

Should Lessee become sole occupant of Lot #7/3205  Parkway  Drive,  Lessee shall
pay 100% of the total cost of utilities until such time as the building is again
100% leased.

Lessee to pay for telephone service,  refuse disposal,  janitorial and any other
services contracted for by Lessee if Lessee deems such services are necessary.

51. Annual Property Taxes and Annual Association Dues to be paid by Lessor.


                                     E-125
<PAGE>

May 2, 1999
Page 36


53. Lessee  acknowledges  by the signing of this Lease  Agreement that they have
received  a  copy  of the  Richards  Avenue  Business  Park  Owners  Association
Declaration of Covenants and Restrictions.

LESSOR:  Plains Eagle                       LESSEE:       Pageant Technologies
Corporation Inc.                                          (USA), Inc.


By: /s/James Ellegood                       By: /s/Stephen B. Fleming
   -------------------------------             ------------------------------
   James Ellegood,                              Stephen B. Fleming
     Vice President


                                     E-126



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission